WO2021233321A1 - 一种通信方法及通信装置 - Google Patents

一种通信方法及通信装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021233321A1
WO2021233321A1 PCT/CN2021/094491 CN2021094491W WO2021233321A1 WO 2021233321 A1 WO2021233321 A1 WO 2021233321A1 CN 2021094491 W CN2021094491 W CN 2021094491W WO 2021233321 A1 WO2021233321 A1 WO 2021233321A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
usim
paging
amf
indication information
function
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/094491
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
应江威
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP21809282.3A priority Critical patent/EP4149158A4/en
Priority to JP2022570748A priority patent/JP2023526492A/ja
Priority to KR1020227044266A priority patent/KR20230013074A/ko
Publication of WO2021233321A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021233321A1/zh
Priority to US17/990,922 priority patent/US20230079012A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00—Network data management
    • H04W8/18—Processing of user or subscriber data, e.g. subscribed services, user preferences or user profiles; Transfer of user or subscriber data
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27—Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16—Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W60/00—Affiliation to network, e.g. registration; Terminating affiliation with the network, e.g. de-registration
    • H04W60/005—Multiple registrations, e.g. multihoming
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00—User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00—User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/02—Arrangements for increasing efficiency of notification or paging channel
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00—User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/12—Inter-network notification
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00—Network data management
    • H04W8/18—Processing of user or subscriber data, e.g. subscribed services, user preferences or user profiles; Transfer of user or subscriber data
    • H04W8/183—Processing at user equipment or user record carrier
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02—Terminal devices
    • H04W88/06—Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks or having at least two operational modes, e.g. multi-mode terminals

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method and communication device.
  • a universal integrated circuit card on the terminal device stores multiple universal subscriber identity modules (universal subscriber identity modules).
  • USIM universal subscriber identity modules
  • USIM universal subscriber identity modules
  • Communication business For example, end users can use multiple USIMs to contact different user groups or to conduct different communication services.
  • terminals on the market have different communication capabilities, including 1Rx/1Tx and 2Rx/1Tx capabilities.
  • the 1Rx communication capability can only receive the public land mobile network (PLMN) network signal corresponding to one USIM at the same time.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • a terminal with a single Rx/single Tx) communication capability, or a terminal that is configured with independent receiving ports (receive, RX) for different USIMs but allows only one RX to work at the same time, at the same time All can only receive the network signal of the PLMN corresponding to one USIM, or more than two Rx on the UE terminal can only serve one USIM at a time, so logically it is also one Rx.
  • multi-card terminals with such communication capabilities may fail to receive a certain USIM page due to paging occasion collision (that is, the paging occasion of two or more USIMs is the same). problem. Therefore, for 1Rx-capable terminals, it is necessary to implement the function of avoiding paging moment conflicts. For example, AMF can initiate multiple paging for USIM, lengthen the time interval between two pagings, etc.; RAN can initiate multiple additional paging for USIM In the second paging, the USIM is paged in the PO of two consecutive DRX cycles of the USIM, and the USIM page is sent in a random PO, and so on.
  • the CN core network informs the UE of the downlink through a paging message or NAS message or user plane data.
  • Service information the UE decides whether to continue the current USIM service or switch to another USIM service according to the downlink service information; or the CN core network (for example, AMF) needs to according to the service information (for example, service type) of the downlink service, and the UE ( For example, USIM1) reports the service information it wants to perform to the CN (for example, AMF), and decides whether to send a paging message to the UE, or decides to notify the UE of the presence of downlink service through NAS messages or user plane data.
  • AMF service information of the downlink service
  • USIM1 reports the service information it wants to perform to the CN (for example, AMF), and decides whether to send a paging message to the UE, or decides to notify the UE of the presence of downlink service through NAS messages or user plane data.
  • the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which do not need to always enable the MUSIM feature, and can flexibly enable or disable the MUSIM feature, which helps to save network resources.
  • a communication method including: a terminal device (or a component in the terminal device, such as a circuit or a chip) determining first indication information according to the state of multiple universal user identification modules USIM, the first indication information Used to instruct to turn on or turn off the paging enhancement function, and/or turn on or turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance function, the terminal device includes the multiple USIMs; and sends the first one to the access and mobility management function AMF Instructions.
  • the terminal device decides whether to enable or disable the MUSIM paging feature, and informs the AMF through the first indication information, so that the AMF can perform corresponding operations based on the content indicated by the first indication information, which can enable the MUSIM paging feature to be flexibly enabled. Help save network resources.
  • the paging enhancement function is used to indicate the service information that triggers paging to the terminal device or filter the paging of the terminal according to the service information that triggers the paging.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function, including:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on or off; or,
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to turn on or turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned off and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • the first indication information determined by the terminal device based on the multi-card status has multiple implementation manners, which are described separately below.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to enable the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in a connected state , The second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state; wherein, the terminal device sending the first indication information to the AMF includes: the terminal device sending the first indication information to the AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in an idle state. Or an inactive state, the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state; wherein the sending of the first indication information by the terminal device to the AMF includes: the terminal device sends the AMF corresponding to the first USIM and/or the first USIM 2. The AMF corresponding to the USIM sends the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is In an idle state or an inactive state, the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, and the paging time PO of the first USIM is the same as the PO of the second USIM; wherein, the terminal device sends the first USIM to the AMF
  • An indication information includes: the terminal device sends the first indication information to the AMF corresponding to the first USIM or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is In the idle state or the inactive state, the second USIM is in the connected state; wherein, the terminal device sending the first indication information to the AMF includes: the terminal device sending the first indication information to the AMF corresponding to the first USIM.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on and the paging enhancement function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM.
  • USIM the first USIM is in an idle state or inactive state, and the second USIM is in an idle state or inactive state; wherein, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the access and mobility management function AMF , Including: the terminal device sends the first indication information to the AMF corresponding to the first USIM or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off and the paging enhancement function is turned on, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM.
  • USIM the first USIM is in the idle state or inactive state, and the second USIM is in the connected state; wherein the sending of the first indication information by the terminal device to the AMF includes: the terminal device to the AMF corresponding to the first USIM Sending the first instruction information.
  • a communication method including: an access and mobility management function AMF (or a component in the AMF, such as a circuit or a chip) receives first indication information from a terminal device, and the terminal device includes a plurality of USIM, the first indication information is determined by the states of the multiple USIMs; the AMF turns on or off the paging enhancement function according to the first indication information; and/or, the AMF according to the first indication Information, turn on or turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • AMF receives first indication information from a terminal device, and the terminal device includes a plurality of USIM, the first indication information is determined by the states of the multiple USIMs; the AMF turns on or off the paging enhancement function according to the first indication information; and/or, the AMF according to the first indication Information, turn on or turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment.
  • the AMF knows whether to turn on or off the MUSIM paging feature from the terminal device, and performs corresponding operations based on the content indicated by the first indication information, which can enable the MUSIM paging feature to be flexibly turned on and help save network resources.
  • the paging enhancement function is used to indicate the service information that triggers paging to the terminal device or filter the paging of the terminal according to the service information that triggers the paging.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function, including:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on or off; or,
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to turn on or turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned off and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to enable the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in a connected state , The second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, and the AMF is an AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the method further includes: the AMF sends a subscription request to the session management function SMF of the second USIM, where the subscription request is used to subscribe to the paging enhanced function.
  • the method further includes: the AMF sending a first notification message to the SMF of the second USIM, where the first notification message is used to notify the SMF to enable the paging enhancement function.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in an idle state. Or an inactive state, the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, and the AMF is the AMF corresponding to the first USIM and/or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the method further includes: the AMF sends an unsubscribe request to the SMF of the second USIM, and the unsubscribe request is used to unsubscribe the paging enhancement function.
  • the method further includes: the AMF sending a second notification message to the SMF corresponding to the first USIM or the SMF corresponding to the second USIM, and the second notification message is used to notify the SMF Turn off the paging enhancement function.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is Idle state or inactive state, the second USIM is in idle state or inactive state, the paging moment PO of the first USIM is the same as the PO of the second USIM, and the AMF corresponds to the first USIM The AMF or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • enabling the AMF to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function includes: the AMF performs paging processing based on a first number of attempts and/or a first paging interval, wherein the first number of attempts is greater than the first number of attempts. 2. The number of attempts, the first paging interval is greater than the second paging interval, the second number of attempts is the number of paging attempts of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is enabled, and the second The paging interval is the paging interval of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • enabling the AMF to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function includes: the AMF sends a paging message to an access network device, where the paging message is used to instruct to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is In an idle state or an inactive state, the second USIM is in a connected state, and the AMF is an AMF corresponding to the first USIM.
  • the AMF turning off the paging moment conflict avoidance function includes: the AMF performs paging processing based on a second number of attempts and/or a second paging interval, wherein the second number of attempts is less than the first number of attempts.
  • the second paging interval is less than the first paging interval
  • the second number of attempts is the number of paging attempts of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is enabled
  • the second The paging interval is the paging interval of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is enabled
  • the first number of attempts is the paging attempt of the terminal device after the paging moment conflict avoidance function is enabled
  • the number of times, the first paging interval is the paging interval of the terminal device after the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • turning off the paging moment conflict avoidance function by the AMF includes: the AMF sends a paging message to an access network device, where the paging message is used to instruct to turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance function.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on and the paging enhancement function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM.
  • the first USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state
  • the second USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state
  • the AMF is the AMF corresponding to the first USIM or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off and the paging enhancement function is turned on, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM.
  • the first USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state
  • the second USIM is in a connected state
  • the AMF is an AMF corresponding to the first USIM.
  • a communication method which includes: a terminal device (or a component in a terminal device, such as a circuit or a chip) sending the status of multiple USIMs to the access and mobility management function AMF, and the terminal device includes all the USIMs.
  • the multiple USIMs, the states of the multiple USIMs are used to determine the second indication information; the terminal device receives the second indication information from the AMF, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether to open or close
  • the paging enhancement function is used to indicate the service information that triggers paging to the terminal device or filter the paging of the terminal according to the service information that triggers the paging.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function, including:
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to turn on or turn off the paging enhancement function; or,
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to turn on or turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment; or,
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off; or,
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned off and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the activation of the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in a connected state , The second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in an idle state. Or an inactive state, the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is In an idle state or an inactive state, the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, and the paging moment PO of the first USIM is the same as the PO of the second USIM.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is In an idle state or an inactive state, the second USIM is in a connected state.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on and the paging enhancement function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM.
  • the first USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state
  • the second USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state
  • the AMF is the AMF corresponding to the first USIM or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off and the paging enhancement function is turned on, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM.
  • the first USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state
  • the second USIM is in a connected state
  • the AMF is an AMF corresponding to the first USIM.
  • a communication method which includes: an access and mobility management function AMF (or a component in the AMF, such as a circuit or a chip) receiving the status of multiple USIMs from a terminal device; the AMF is based on the The status of multiple USIMs determines second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function, the terminal device includes the Multiple USIM paging moment conflict avoidance function; the AMF sends the second indication information to the terminal device. Therefore, the AMF decides whether to enable or disable the MUSIM paging feature, and informs the terminal device through the second indication information, which can enable the MUSIM paging feature to be flexibly enabled, which helps to save network resources.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • the paging enhancement function is used to indicate the service information that triggers paging to the terminal device or filter the paging of the terminal according to the service information that triggers the paging.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function, including:
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to turn on or turn off the paging enhancement function; or,
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to turn on or turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment; or,
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off; or,
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned off and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • the first indication information determined by the AMF based on the multi-card status has multiple implementation manners, which are described separately below.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the activation of the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in a connected state , The second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the method further includes: the AMF corresponding to the second USIM sends a subscription request to the session management function SMF corresponding to the second USIM, where the subscription request is used to subscribe to the paging enhanced function.
  • the method further includes: the AMF corresponding to the second USIM sends a first notification message to the session management function SMF corresponding to the second USIM, where the first notification message is used to notify the SMF to enable The paging enhancement function.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in an idle state. Or an inactive state, the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the method further includes: the AMF corresponding to the second USIM sends an unsubscribe request to the SMF corresponding to the second USIM, and the subscription request is used to unsubscribe from the paging enhanced function.
  • the method further includes: the AMF corresponding to the second USIM sends a second notification message to the session management function SMF corresponding to the second USIM, where the second notification message is used to notify the SMF of closing The paging enhancement function.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function
  • the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM
  • the first USIM is In an idle state or an inactive state
  • the second USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state
  • the first message further includes the paging moment PO of the first USIM and the PO of the second USIM.
  • the PO of the USIM is the same as the PO of the second USIM; wherein the second indication information sent by the AMF to the terminal device includes: the AMF corresponding to the first USIM or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM Sending the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the AMF corresponding to the first USIM or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM performs paging processing based on a first number of attempts and/or a first paging interval, wherein the first USIM A number of attempts is greater than a second number of attempts, the first paging interval is greater than a second paging interval, and the second number of attempts is the number of paging attempts of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is enabled The second paging interval is the paging interval of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is enabled.
  • the method further includes: the AMF corresponding to the first USIM or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM sending a paging message to the access network device, where the paging message is used to instruct to start the paging Conflict avoidance function at all times.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is In idle state or inactive state, the second USIM is in the connected state; wherein, the second indication information sent by the AMF to the terminal device includes: the access and mobility of the AMF corresponding to the first USIM The management function AMF sends the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the AMF corresponding to the first USIM performs paging processing based on a second number of attempts and/or a second paging interval, and the second number of attempts is at the moment when the paging is turned on.
  • the number of paging attempts of the terminal device before the conflict avoidance function, and the second paging interval is the paging interval of the terminal device before the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment is enabled.
  • the method further includes: the AMF corresponding to the first USIM sends a paging message to the access network device, where the paging message is used to instruct to turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on and the paging enhancement function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM.
  • the first USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state
  • the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state
  • the AMF sending the second indication information to the terminal device includes: The AMF corresponding to the first USIM or the corresponding AMF of the second USIM sends the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off and the paging enhancement function is turned on, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM.
  • USIM the first USIM is in an idle or inactive state, and the second USIM is in a connected state; wherein, the AMF sends the second indication information to the terminal device, including: the first USIM corresponds to The AMF sends the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • a communication device which includes modules or units used to execute any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect; or, includes any one possible implementation manner of the second aspect
  • a communication device including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the foregoing first aspect or the third aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a communication device including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the foregoing second aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
  • the communication device is an AMF.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip configured in the AMF.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a processor including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect to the fourth aspect.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a chip, the input circuit may be an input pin, the output circuit may be an output pin, and the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and output
  • the circuit can be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
  • an apparatus including a processor and a memory.
  • the processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through a receiver, and transmit signals through a transmitter, so as to execute the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect to the ninth aspect.
  • processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
  • the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read only memory (ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the setting mode of the memory and the processor.
  • ROM read only memory
  • sending instruction information may be a process of outputting instruction information from the processor
  • receiving instruction information may be a process of receiving input instruction information by the processor.
  • the processed output data may be output to the transmitter, and the input data received by the processor may come from the receiver.
  • the transmitter and receiver can be collectively referred to as a transceiver.
  • the device in the above ninth aspect may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the processor When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading the software code stored in the memory.
  • the memory may be integrated in the processor, may be located outside the processor, and exist independently.
  • a computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes a computer to execute the first aspect to the first aspect. Any one of the four possible implementation methods.
  • a computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction) when it runs on a computer, so that the computer executes the above-mentioned first aspect to The method in any possible implementation of the fourth aspect.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or instruction
  • a communication system including the aforementioned terminal device and AMF.
  • the communication system may also include other devices that interact with terminal devices and/or AMF, such as RAN, SMF, and so on.
  • AMF Access Management Function
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a mobile communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic interaction diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3 shows a schematic diagram of an example of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 4 shows a schematic interaction diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 shows a schematic diagram of an example of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • 5G Fifth Generation
  • New Radio New Radio
  • Terminal equipment also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • voice/data connectivity Devices for example, handheld devices with wireless connectivity, vehicle-mounted devices, etc.
  • terminals are: mobile phones (mobile phones), tablet computers, notebook computers, handheld computers, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, and augmented reality.
  • MID mobile internet devices
  • VR virtual reality
  • augmented reality AR
  • wireless terminals in industrial control wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grids Wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart city (smart city), wireless terminals in smart home (smart home), vehicle to everything (V2X) equipment, in-vehicle Communication devices, in-vehicle communication chips, etc.
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • the access network device is a device in the wireless network, for example, a radio access network (RAN) node that connects the terminal to the wireless network.
  • RAN nodes are: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (Node B) B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit) , BBU), or wireless fidelity (Wifi) access point (AP), etc.
  • the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • the base station or transmission point may also include a radio unit (RU).
  • the CU implements part of the functions of the gNB or transmission point, and the DU implements some of the functions of the gNB or transmission point.
  • the CU implements radio resource control (RRC) and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer.
  • Function, DU realizes radio link control (RLC), media access control (media access control, MAC) and physical (physical, PHY) layer functions. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling or PHCP layer signaling, can also be used.
  • the network device may be a CU node, or a DU node, or a device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network equipment in the access network RAN, and the CU can also be divided into network equipment in the core network CN, which is not limited here.
  • the terminal device or the access network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating systems, Unix operating systems, Android operating systems, iOS operating systems, or windows operating systems.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided in accordance with the embodiments of the application.
  • the method can be used to communicate.
  • various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • machine-readable medium may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a basic 5G system architecture.
  • the architecture includes: access and mobility management function (AMF), session management function (session management function, SMF), radio access network (RAN), Unified data management (UDM), policy control function (PCF), data network (DN), user plane function (UPF), UE, application function (application function, AF), network slice selection function (NSSF), authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF).
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • RAN radio access network
  • UDM Unified data management
  • PCF policy control function
  • DN data network
  • UPF user plane function
  • UE application function
  • application function application function, AF
  • NSSF network slice selection function
  • authentication server function authentication server function
  • AUSF authentication server function
  • the architecture also includes (not shown in FIG. 1) a capability exposure function (NEF), a network storage function (NF repository function, NRF), and a unified data repository (UDR).
  • NEF capability exposure function
  • each network element the main functions of each network element are described as follows:
  • the application function network element mainly transmits the requirements of the application side on the network side, for example, quality of service (QoS) requirements.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the AF can be a third-party functional entity, or an application service deployed by an operator, such as an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) voice call service.
  • IMS IP Multimedia Subsystem
  • UDM It can be understood as the naming of unified data management network elements in the 5G architecture.
  • the unified data management network element mainly includes the following functions: unified data management, support for authentication credential processing in 3GPP authentication and key agreement mechanism, user identity processing, access authorization, registration and mobility management, contract management, short message Management etc.
  • UDR It can be understood as the naming of unified data storage network elements in the 5G architecture.
  • the unified data storage network element mainly includes the following functions: the access function of contract data, policy data, application data and other types of data.
  • PCF It can be understood as the naming of policy control function network elements in the 5G architecture. Among them, the policy control function network element is mainly responsible for the policy control functions such as charging for the session and service flow level, QoS bandwidth guarantee and mobility management, and UE policy decision-making.
  • the PCF connected to the AMF and SMF is the access and mobility control PCF (PCF for access and mobility control, AM PCF) and the session management PCF (PCF for session management, SM PCF).
  • AM PCF access and mobility control
  • SM PCF session management
  • AM PCF It may not be the same PCF entity as SM PCF.
  • SMF It can be understood as the naming of the session management network element in the 5G architecture. Among them, the session management network element mainly performs functions such as session management, PCF issuing control policy execution, UPF selection, and UE IP address allocation.
  • AMF can be understood as the naming of mobility management network elements in the 5G architecture.
  • the mobility management network element mainly includes the following functions: connection management, mobility management, registration management, access authentication and authorization, reachability management, security context management and other access and mobility-related functions.
  • the UPF can be understood as the naming of user plane function network elements in the 5G architecture.
  • the user plane function network element mainly includes the following functions: data packet routing and transmission, packet inspection, service usage reporting, QoS processing, lawful monitoring, upstream packet inspection, downstream data packet storage and other user-related functions.
  • (R)AN (wireless) access network, corresponding to different access networks in 5G, such as wired access and wireless base station access.
  • the network slice selection function network element mainly includes the following functions: selecting a group of network slice instances for the UE, determining the allowed NSSAI, and determining the AMF set that can serve the UE, and so on.
  • the AUSF can be understood as the naming of the authentication server function network element in the 5G architecture.
  • the authentication server function network element mainly includes the following functions: the authentication server function, which interacts with the unified data management network element to obtain user information, and performs authentication-related functions, such as generating intermediate keys.
  • the capability opening network element mainly includes the following functions: the services and capabilities provided by the safe and open 3GPP network functions, which are internally open or open to third parties, etc.; transform or translate the information exchanged with AF and the information exchanged by internal network functions, For example, AF service identification and internal 5G core network information such as data network name (DNN), single network slice selection assistance information (S-NSSAI), etc.
  • DNN data network name
  • S-NSSAI single network slice selection assistance information
  • NRF can be understood as the naming of network storage function network elements in the 5G architecture.
  • the network storage function network element mainly includes the following functions: service discovery function, maintenance of available network function (NF) instances of NF text and the services they support.
  • N7 The interface between PCF and SMF, used to issue PDU session granularity and service data flow granularity control strategy.
  • N15 The interface between PCF and AMF, used to issue UE policies and access control related policies.
  • N5 The interface between AF and PCF, used for application service request issuance and network event reporting.
  • N4 The interface between SMF and UPF, used to transfer information between the control plane and the user plane, including controlling the issuance of user-oriented forwarding rules, QoS control rules, traffic statistics rules, etc., and user-plane information reporting.
  • N11 The interface between SMF and AMF, used to transfer PDU session tunnel information between RAN and UPF, transfer control messages sent to UE, transfer radio resource control information sent to RAN, etc.
  • N2 The interface between AMF and RAN, used to transfer radio bearer control information from the core network side to the RAN.
  • N1 The interface between the AMF and the UE, which has nothing to do with access, and is used to transfer QoS control rules to the UE.
  • N8 The interface between AMF and UDM, used for AMF to obtain access and mobility management related subscription data and authentication data from UDM, and AMF to register UE current mobility management related information with UDM, etc.
  • N10 The interface between SMF and UDM, used for SMF to obtain session management related subscription data from UDM, and SMF to register UE current session related information with UDM, etc.
  • N12 Interface between AMF and AUSF, used for AMF to obtain UE authentication parameters and security keys from AUSF.
  • N22 The interface between the AMF and the NSSF, which is used by the AMF to obtain the network slice selection assistance information NSSAI that the UE is allowed to use from the NSSF.
  • N35 (not shown in Figure 1): an interface between UDM and UDR, used for UDM to obtain user subscription data information from UDR.
  • N36 (not shown in Figure 1): an interface between the PCF and the UDR, used for the PCF to obtain policy-related contract data and application data related information from the UDR.
  • N3 The interface between RAN and UPF, used to transfer user plane data between RAN and UPF.
  • N6 The interface between UPF and DN, used to transfer user plane data between UPF and DN.
  • N9 The interface between UPF and UPF, such as the interface between the visited-policy control function (V-PCF) and the home-policy control function (H-PCF), or with The interface between the UPF connected to the DN and the UPF connected to the RAN is used to transfer user plane data between the UPFs.
  • V-PCF visited-policy control function
  • H-PCF home-policy control function
  • the terminal device can have multiple card slots, and the end user also needs to hold multiple USIMs at the same time, used to contact different user groups, or for different communication services; and in the future
  • the enterprise scenario has a strong demand for a terminal to support multiple USIMs.
  • Different USIMs in the multi-universal user identification module MUSIM in the terminal device may belong to the same MNO or different MNOs, which is not limited.
  • Terminal devices have different communication capabilities, such as single Rx/single Tx UE, dual Rx/single Tx UE, dual Rx/dual Tx UE.
  • single Rx/single Tx UE can only receive signals from one PLMN network at the same time, so paging occasion collision may occur; dual Rx/single Tx UE allocates one Rx for each USIM
  • the ability to receive signals from two networks at the same time will not cause the problem of paging collision.
  • the RRC connection of the two networks cannot be maintained. 1Tx-capable terminal equipment, when one of the USIMs is in the connected state and is performing services, and the other USIM has a paging triggered by the downlink service, the terminal equipment cannot decide whether to continue the current USIM service or switch to another USIM service .
  • the network always enables the MUSIM feature (including the MUSIM paging enhancement feature and/or the MUSIM paging time conflict avoidance feature) for the terminal device, which consumes additional network resources.
  • the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which can enable the MUSIM feature to be enabled flexibly without having to enable the MUSIM feature all the time, thereby avoiding unnecessary waste of network resources.
  • the following describes related embodiments in which the terminal device decides to turn on or turn off the MUSIM feature.
  • the terminal device can send the first indication information to the AMF only in the connected state. Therefore, taking the terminal device including USIM1 and USIM2 as an example, when USIM1 or USIM2 is in the idle state, but the first indication information needs to be sent to its AMF, the USIM1 or USIM2 of the terminal device needs to be converted to the connected state before the second An instruction message is sent to its AMF. At this time, the terminal device should consider that this is for reporting the temporary state caused by the first indication information, and does not think that this requires the judgment and reporting operation of the switch of the MUSIM characteristic caused by the state change.
  • the terminal device determines that it needs to turn on the paging time conflict avoidance function, and the terminal device chooses to send the first indication message to the AMF of USIM2 to instruct to start paging Conflict avoidance function at all times.
  • USIM2 turns to the connected state and sends the first instruction to the AMF of USIM2, and then turns to the idle state; then, the terminal device will not think that the USIM2 has entered the connected state due to the first instruction information reported by the USIM2, but judges that the USIM2 is in the connected state , The conflict avoidance function needs to be turned off.
  • the terminal device can, after the USIM1 or USIM2 is in the idle state, but needs to send the first indication information to its AMF, the terminal device The USIM1 or USIM2 of the USIM1 or USIM2 is first transferred to the connected state, and then the first indication information is sent to its AMF, and then transferred to the idle state; 2.
  • the terminal device can also send the first indication information to the USIM1 or USIM2 before the USIM1 or USIM2 enters the idle state. Its AMF then turns to the idle state, so that it can prevent the USIM1 or USIM2 from entering the idle state and then turn to the connected state again to send the first indication information to its AMF.
  • the manner in which the terminal device sends the first indication information to the AMF is not specifically limited.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 200 according to an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the content sent and received in the interaction process in Figure 2 can be carried in messages in existing standards for sending and receiving, and the specific meaning of messages can be referred to the description in the standard, or they can also be sent and received through newly defined messages. Not limited. As shown in FIG. 2, the method 200 includes:
  • the terminal device determines first indication information according to the states of multiple universal user identification modules USIM, where the first indication information is used to indicate to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function ,
  • the terminal device includes the multiple USIMs.
  • the paging enhancement function is used to indicate the service information that triggers paging to the terminal device or filter the paging of the terminal according to the service information that triggers the paging.
  • the paging enhancement function can also be referred to as the MUSIM paging enhancement feature.
  • the paging enhancement function may be used to filter the paging of the terminal device according to the service information that triggers the paging.
  • the AMF determines whether to send a paging to the terminal device or send downlink service information to the terminal device through a NAS message or user data plane based on the service information reported by the terminal device (such as USIM1) and the service information that triggers the paging.
  • the service information reported by the terminal device is a whitelist list, and if the service information that triggers paging is in the whitelist list, the AMF sends a paging to the terminal device, or sends downlink service information to the terminal device through a NAS message or user data plane.
  • Terminal equipment otherwise do not send;
  • the business information reported by the terminal equipment is a blacklist list, if the business information that triggers paging is in the blacklist list, AMF does not send paging to the terminal equipment, or does not pass the NAS message or user data interface Send the downlink service information to the terminal device, otherwise send it.
  • the paging enhancement function may also be: the CN core network obtains the downlink service information of USIM1, and informs the terminal device of the downlink service information through a paging message or NAS message or user plane data, and then the terminal device according to the downlink service information of USIM1 The information determines whether to continue the current USIM2 service or switch to the USIM1 service. Among them, before the terminal device receives the downlink service information of the USIM1, the USIM2 is in the connected state.
  • the paging moment conflict avoidance function can also be referred to as the MUSIM paging moment conflict avoidance feature.
  • the paging moment conflict avoidance function is used to avoid conflicts at the paging moment between the USIMs of the terminal equipment.
  • the AMF or RAN increases the number of attempts to page the USIM, and/or lengthens the paging interval between every two paging attempts; for another example, the RAN generates (Or calculate) the enhancement of the paging moment, for example, prepare two paging moments for one of the USIMs of the terminal equipment in a paging cycle (for example, the DRX cycle), or prepare two paging moments for one of the USIMs of the terminal equipment in a row Paging the USIM at the paging time in the paging cycle (for example, the DRX cycle), or randomizing the paging time of one of the USIMs, or setting the paging time offset for one of the USIMs of the terminal device, and so on.
  • the RAN generates (Or calculate) the enhancement of the paging moment, for example, prepare two paging moments for one of the USIMs of the terminal equipment in a paging cycle (for example, the DRX cycle), or prepare two paging moments for one of the USIM
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function, including:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on or off; or,
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to turn on or turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned off and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • S220 The terminal device sends first indication information to the access and mobility management function AMF.
  • the AMF receives the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and the AMF turns on or off the paging enhancement function according to the first indication information; and/or, the first indication information is used to enable or disable the paging enhancement function.
  • conflict avoidance function at paging time the AMF turns on or off the conflict avoidance function at paging time according to the first instruction information.
  • the terminal device decides to enable or disable the paging feature of MUSIM by itself, and informs the AMF through the first indication information, so that the AMF can perform corresponding operations based on the content indicated by the first indication information, so that MUSIM can be turned on flexibly
  • the paging feature helps to save network resources.
  • the status of the USIM includes Connected, Idle or Inactive (IDLE/Inactive); in other words, CM-Connected, Connection Management Idle or Radio Resource Control Inactive (CM-IDLE) /RRC-Inactive); in other words, the radio resource control connected state (RRC-Connected), the radio resource control idle state, or the radio resource control inactive state (RRC-IDLE/RRC-Inactive).
  • IDLE/Inactive Connected, Idle or Inactive
  • CM-IDLE Connection Management Idle or Radio Resource Control Inactive
  • RRC-IDLE Radio Resource Control Inactive
  • RRC-IDLE radio resource control connected state
  • RRC-IDLE/RRC-Inactive radio resource control idle state
  • RRC-IDLE/RRC-Inactive radio resource control inactive state
  • the terminal device can determine whether to turn on or turn off the enhanced paging function according to the states of multiple USIMs by monitoring the states of multiple USIMs.
  • the "state of multiple USIMs" implicitly includes the number of multiple cards of the terminal device.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to enable the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is a connection State, the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state; wherein, the terminal device sending the first indication information to the AMF includes: the terminal device sending the first indication information to the AMF corresponding to the second USIM .
  • the second USIM can be understood as the current USIM.
  • the terminal device is the second The USIM sets to enable the paging enhancement function, and sends the first indication information to the AMF.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to enable the paging enhanced function, and the AMF may send a subscription request to the SMF to facilitate subscribing to the paging enhanced function.
  • the method 200 further includes: S240.
  • the AMF sends a subscription request to the session management function SMF, where the subscription request is used to subscribe to the paging enhanced function.
  • the paging enhancement function can be added to the SMF service in advance, that is, the subscription of the paging enhancement function can be added, so that when the AMF starts the paging enhancement function based on the first indication information, it can provide SMF subscription paging enhancement function.
  • the SMF receives the subscription request from the AMF, and activates the paging enhancement function according to the subscription request; the SMF sends a subscription response message to the AMF to respond to the subscription request.
  • the SMF activates the paging enhancement function according to the subscription request, including: the SMF obtains a paging indication for downlink data or signaling, and the paging indication may indicate the control plane session management SM signaling, IMS voice, and IMS short message , Non-IMS voice non-IMS short message other IMS services, non-IMS services, application ID, etc.
  • acquiring the paging indication of downlink data or signaling by the SMF includes: the SMF generates a paging indication according to the downlink data or signaling; or, the SMF instructs the UPF to generate a paging indication according to the downlink data.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to enable the paging enhancement function
  • the AMF may also send a notification to the SMF to notify the SMF to enable the paging enhancement function.
  • the SMF does not need to obtain the service information of the downlink data and send it to the AMF.
  • the method 200 further includes: S250.
  • the AMF sends a first notification message to the session management function SMF, where the first notification message is used to notify the SMF to enable the paging enhancement function.
  • the AMF can notify the SMF to enable the paging enhancement function.
  • the paging enhancement function can be added to the AMF service in advance, that is, the subscription of the paging enhancement function is added, so that when the AMF informs the SMF to enable the paging enhancement function, the SMF can start paging Enhanced function, that is, subscribe to the AMF for the enhanced paging function.
  • the SMF receives the first notification message from the AMF, and activates the paging enhancement function according to the first notification message; the SMF sends a first notification response message to the AMF in response to the first notification message.
  • the SMF activates the paging enhancement function according to the first notification message, including: the SMF acquires a paging indication for downlink data or signaling, and the paging indication may indicate control plane session management SM signaling, IMS voice, IMS short message, non-IMS voice non-IMS short message other IMS services, non-IMS services, application ID, etc.
  • acquiring the paging indication of downlink data or signaling by the SMF includes: the SMF generates a paging indication according to the downlink data or signaling; or, the SMF instructs the UPF to generate a paging indication according to the downlink data.
  • the AMF may send a response message for the first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information in the embodiment of the present application may also be triggered by the state transition of the USIM.
  • State transition includes: changing from a connected state to an idle state or an inactive state, or from an idle state or an inactive state to a connected state, and so on. That is to say, when the state of one or more USIMs among the multiple USIMs changes, the terminal device determines the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to enable the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in a connected state, so The second USIM is transitioning from the connected state to the idle state or the inactive state; wherein, S220 includes: the terminal device sends the first indication information to the access and mobility management function AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the terminal device can send the first indication information to the AMF of the second USIM for Indicates that the paging enhancement function is turned on.
  • AMF refers to the AMF of the second USIM
  • SMF refers to the SMF of the second USIM
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to turn off the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is In an idle state or in an inactive state, the second USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state; wherein the sending of the first indication information by the terminal device to the AMF includes: the terminal device sends the AMF and/or the corresponding AMF to the first USIM. The AMF corresponding to the second USIM sends the first indication information.
  • the second USIM can be understood as the current USIM.
  • the terminal device sets the paging enhancement function off for the second USIM, and sends the first indication information to the AMF.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to turn off the paging enhancement function, and the AMF may also send a subscribe request to the SMF to facilitate subscribing to the paging enhancement function.
  • the method 200 further includes: S240.
  • the AMF sends an unsubscribe request to the session management function SMF, where the unsubscribe request is used to unsubscribe the paging enhancement function.
  • the paging enhancement function can be added to the SMF service in advance, that is, the subscription of the paging enhancement function can be added, so that when the AMF turns off the paging enhancement function based on the first indication information, it can provide SMF to subscribe to paging enhancements.
  • the SMF receives the unsubscribe request from the AMF, and closes the paging enhancement function according to the unsubscribe request; the SMF sends an unsubscribe response message to the AMF to respond to the unsubscribe request.
  • the SMF turns off the paging enhancement function according to the unsubscribe request, including: the SMF does not obtain a paging indication for downlink data or signaling, and the paging indication may indicate control plane session management SM signaling, IMS voice, IMS short message, non-IMS voice non-IMS short message other IMS services, non-IMS services, application ID, etc.
  • the SMF does not acquire a paging indicator for downlink data or signaling includes: the SMF does not generate a paging indicator; or the SMF does not instruct the UPF to generate a paging indicator according to the downlink data.
  • the AMF may also send a notification to the SMF to notify the SMF to turn off the paging enhanced function.
  • the SMF does not need to obtain the service information of the downlink data and send it to the AMF.
  • the method 200 further includes: S250.
  • the AMF sends a second notification message to the session management function SMF, where the second notification message is used to notify the SMF to close the paging enhancement function.
  • the AMF can notify the SMF to turn off the paging enhancement function.
  • the paging enhancement function can be added to the AMF service in advance, that is, the subscription of the paging enhancement function is added, so that when the AMF informs the SMF to close the paging enhancement function, the SMF can close the paging function.
  • Enhanced function that is, subscribe to the AMF for the enhanced paging function.
  • the SMF receives the second notification message from the AMF and turns off the paging enhancement function according to the second notification message; the SMF sends a second notification response message to the AMF in response to the second notification message.
  • the SMF turns off the paging enhancement function according to the second notification message, including: the SMF does not obtain a paging indication for downlink data or signaling, and the paging indication may indicate control plane session management SM signaling, IMS voice , IMS short messages, non-IMS voice non-IMS short messages, other IMS services, non-IMS services, application IDs, etc.
  • the SMF does not acquire a paging indicator for downlink data or signaling includes: the SMF does not generate a paging indicator; or the SMF does not instruct the UPF to generate a paging indicator according to the downlink data.
  • the above-mentioned paging indication may be a service indication or service information.
  • the AMF may send a response message for the first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information in the embodiment of the present application may also be triggered by the state transition of the USIM.
  • State transition includes: changing from a connected state to an idle state or an inactive state, or from an idle state or an inactive state to a connected state, and so on.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to turn off the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is idle State or inactive state, the second USIM transitions from the connected state to the idle state or inactive state; wherein, S220 includes: the terminal device sends the first USIM to the access and mobility management function AMF of the second USIM One instruction information.
  • the terminal device can send the first indication to the AMF of the second USIM Information to indicate to turn off the paging enhancement function.
  • AMF refers to the AMF of the second USIM
  • SMF refers to the SMF of the second USIM.
  • the terminal device can turn off the paging enhanced function, and send first indication information to the AMF, where the first instruction information is used to instruct to turn off the paging enhanced function.
  • the terminal device can determine to enable or disable the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment according to the states of multiple USIMs by monitoring the states of multiple USIMs.
  • the "state of multiple USIMs" implicitly includes the number of multiple cards of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may also consider the paging moment of the USIM and decide to turn on or turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance function.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM Is an idle state or an inactive state, the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, the paging time PO of the first USIM is the same or overlaps with the PO of the second USIM; wherein, the terminal device Sending the first indication information to the AMF includes: the terminal device sends the first indication information to the AMF corresponding to the first USIM or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the terminal device sets the first USIM or the second USIM to enable the paging time conflict avoidance function, and sends the first indication information to the AMF of the first USIM or the AMF of the second USIM.
  • the AMF enabling the paging moment conflict avoidance function includes: the AMF performs paging processing based on a first number of attempts and/or a first paging interval, wherein the first number of attempts is greater than the second number of attempts, The first paging interval is greater than the second paging interval, the second number of attempts is the number of paging attempts of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is enabled, and the second paging interval is The paging interval of the terminal device before the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment is turned on.
  • the AMF can avoid conflicts between the paging moment of the first USIM and the paging moment of the second USIM by increasing the number of attempts and/or increasing the paging interval.
  • enabling the AMF to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function includes: the AMF sends a paging message to an access network device, where the paging message is used to instruct to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function.
  • the AMF can inform the access network device of the instruction to enable the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment, so that the access network device can enhance the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment.
  • the access network equipment can prepare two paging moments for a certain USIM in one paging cycle, or for one of the terminal equipment's USIMs to page in two consecutive paging cycles (for example, the DRX cycle) Paging the USIM at any time, or randomize the paging time of one of the USIMs, or set the paging time offset for one of the USIMs of the terminal device, and so on.
  • the first indication information in the embodiment of the present application may also be triggered by the state transition of the USIM.
  • State transition includes: changing from a connected state to an idle state or an inactive state, or from an idle state or an inactive state to a connected state, and so on.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function
  • the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM
  • the first USIM Is an idle state or an inactive state
  • the second USIM transitions from a connected state to an idle state or an inactive state
  • the paging moment PO of the first USIM is the same as the PO of the second USIM
  • S220 includes :
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information to the AMF corresponding to the first USIM or the access and mobility management function AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the terminal device may send the first indication information to the AMF of the second USIM to instruct to enable the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment.
  • AMF refers to the AMF of the first USIM or the second USIM.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM The USIM is in the idle state or inactive state, and the second USIM is in the connected state; wherein, the terminal device sending the first indication information to the AMF includes: the terminal device sending the first indication to the AMF corresponding to the first USIM information.
  • the terminal device will set the closing search for the second USIM. Call time conflict avoidance function, and send first indication information to AMF.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off.
  • turning off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment by the AMF includes:
  • the AMF performs paging processing based on the second number of attempts and/or the second paging interval, where the second number of attempts is less than the first number of attempts, the second paging interval is less than the first paging interval, and
  • the second number of attempts is the number of paging attempts of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is enabled
  • the second paging interval is the number of paging attempts of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is enabled
  • the first paging interval is the number of paging attempts of the terminal device after the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on
  • the first paging interval is the number of paging attempts when the paging moment conflict avoidance is turned on
  • the paging interval of the terminal device after the function is the second number of attempts is less than the first number of attempts, the second paging interval is less than the first paging interval, and
  • the second number of attempts is the number of paging attempts of the terminal device before the paging moment
  • the AMF needs to do additional processing (such as increasing the number of attempts, and/or increasing the paging interval), that is, according to the normal paging processing of the terminal device.
  • turning off the paging moment conflict avoidance function by the AMF includes: the AMF sends a paging message to an access network device, where the paging message is used to instruct to turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance function.
  • the AMF can notify the access network device of the instruction to turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment, so that the access network device does not need to enhance the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment.
  • the first indication information in the embodiment of the present application may also be triggered by the state transition of the USIM.
  • State transition includes: changing from a connected state to an idle state or an inactive state, or from an idle state or an inactive state to a connected state, and so on.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM Is an idle state or an inactive state, and the second USIM transitions from an idle state or an inactive state to a connected state; wherein, S220 includes: the terminal device sends the first USIM to the mobility management function AMF of the first USIM Instructions.
  • the terminal device can send the first indication to the AMF of the first USIM Information to indicate that the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment is turned off.
  • AMF refers to the AMF of the first USIM.
  • the terminal device can turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance function, and send the first instruction information to the AMF, the first instruction information is used to instruct to turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance function .
  • the paging time conflict avoidance function and the paging enhancement function are mutually exclusive. Then, in fact, an indication message can indicate that one of the features is turned on and the other is turned off. This will be described in detail below.
  • the first indication information may indicate to turn on the paging moment conflict avoidance function and turn off the paging enhanced function, or indicate to turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance function and turn on the paging enhanced function.
  • the first indication is used to indicate to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function and disable the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and The second USIM, the first USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, and the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, where S220 includes: the terminal device accesses the first USIM or the second USIM The AMF corresponding to the mobility management function sends the first indication information.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on and the paging enhancement function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM The USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, the second USIM changes from a connected state to an idle state or an inactive state, and the terminal device sends the first indication to the access and mobility management function AMF of the second USIM information.
  • the first indication is used to instruct to turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance function and turn on the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include the first USIM And a second USIM, the first USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state, and the second USIM is in a connected state, where S220 includes: the terminal device sends to the access and mobility management function AMF of the first USIM The first indication information.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off and the paging enhancement function is turned on, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM The USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, the second USIM transitions from an idle state or an inactive state to a connected state, and the terminal device sends the first USIM to the access and mobility management function AMF corresponding to the first USIM. Instructions.
  • the first function is introduced in FIG. 3. Assuming that the first function includes the MUSIM paging enhancement feature (or called the paging enhancement feature), as shown in Figure 3, the process includes the following steps:
  • the UE for a terminal device with MUSIM capability, the UE (such as USIM1), AMF, SMF, and UPF have negotiated the MUSIM paging enhancement feature, namely Paging enhancement triggered by downlink services.
  • An optional paging enhancement function may specifically include: SMF/UPF, or AMF, to detect downlink data or signaling of USIM1 to obtain corresponding service information, such as service type ,
  • the AMF includes the service information in the paging message and sends it to the RAN node; the RAN node further includes the service information in the paging message to indicate to the UE; or, the AMF informs the UE of the downlink service information through NAS messages or user plane data, In this way, the UE can decide whether to continue the service of the currently connected USIM (for example, USIM2) or switch to the service of the USIM1 according to the downlink service information of the USIM1. Among them, before the UE receives the downlink service information of the USIM1, the USIM2 is in the connected state.
  • Another optional paging enhancement may specifically include: filtering the paging of the terminal device according to the service information that triggers the paging.
  • the UE reports the service information desired by the USIM to the AMF. For example, through a registration process or a service request process, the AMF stores the service information.
  • the AMF judges whether to send paging to the terminal device or send downlink service information to the UE through the NAS message or the user data plane according to the service information and the service information of the downlink service.
  • the service information reported by the terminal device is a whitelist list, and if the service information that triggers paging is in the whitelist list, the AMF sends a paging to the terminal device, or sends downlink service information to the terminal device through a NAS message or user data plane.
  • the business information reported by the terminal device is a blacklist list, and if the business information that triggers paging is in the blacklist list, AMF does not send paging to the terminal device, or does not send it through NAS messages or user data planes
  • the downlink service information is sent to the UE, otherwise it is sent.
  • 302 add a new subscription to the MUSIM paging enhanced feature service.
  • Option 1 SMF service adds MUSIM feature subscription. In this way, when AMF judges that MUSIM is switched on or off, it can subscribe to or unsubscribe from AMF's MUSIM service from SMF.
  • the AMF sends a subscription request to the SMF to subscribe to the service to enable the above MUSIM paging enhancement feature; 302b, the SMF sends a subscription response to the AMF.
  • Option 2 Add MUSIM paging enhancement feature subscription to AMF service.
  • SMF sends a subscription request to AMF to subscribe to the MUSIM paging enhancement feature, that is, when the paging enhancement feature needs to be turned on or off for the MUSIM UE, it is notified to the SMF so that the SMF can determine whether it needs to obtain the paging cause based on the downlink data;
  • 302b AMF sends a subscription response to SMF. In this way, when AMF determines that MUSIM is switched on or off, it can notify SMF.
  • the UE determines the first indication information according to the states of multiple USIMs.
  • the UE determines whether the network needs to enable the MUSIM paging enhancement feature according to at least one of the UE's multi-card capability, the number of multi-cards, and the multi-card status.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to enable or disable the paging enhancement feature of MUSIM.
  • the UE sends first indication information to the AMF.
  • the UE sends a request message to the AMF, and the request message carries MUSIM paging enhanced feature on/off indication information, that is, the first indication information.
  • the request message may be a registration request or a service request message, or may be a UL NAS transport message or other NAS messages after the UE (USIM) enters the connected state.
  • the AMF turns on or off the first function according to the first instruction information.
  • the AMF determines, according to the first indication information, the paging enhancement feature of MUSIM that needs to be switched on and off, and the SMF network element that needs to be contacted.
  • the USIM can be notified of the corresponding SMFs of all established PDU sessions, or only the corresponding SMFs of some of the established PDU sessions of the USIM (for example, only enable MUSIM paging for a specific NSSAI and/or DN) Enhanced features).
  • the AMF needs to notify the SMF.
  • the AMF sends an unsubscribe request to the SMF; 306b, the SMF sends an unsubscribe response to the AMF.
  • the AMF sends a notification message to the SMF; 306b, the SMF sends a notification response to the AMF.
  • the AMF returns a response message to the UE.
  • the first function including the paging collision avoidance feature of MUSIM will be described as an example. As shown in Figure 3, it includes the following steps:
  • the UE and AMF negotiate the MUSIM paging collision avoidance feature, that is, when the downlink service triggers paging, the following operations can be performed: For example, the paging strategy is enhanced.
  • the AMF or RAN increases the number of attempts to page the UE (ie USIM) and lengthens the paging interval between every two pages; another example, The AMF indicates in the paging message that the paging collision feature is avoided to the RAN, so that the RAN can generate (or calculate) the enhancement of the PO, for example, prepare two POs for one of the USIMs of the UE in a paging cycle (dRX cycle), Either one of the USIMs of the terminal device pages the USIM at the paging moment in two consecutive paging cycles (for example, the DRX cycle), or randomizes the paging moment of one of the USIMs, or one of the USIMs of the terminal device Set the paging time offset, and so on. .
  • DRX cycle paging cycle
  • Either one of the USIMs of the terminal device pages the USIM at the paging moment in two consecutive paging cycles (for example, the DRX cycle), or randomizes the paging moment of one
  • the UE determines the first indication information according to the states of multiple USIMs.
  • the UE decides whether the network needs to enable the MUSIM paging collision avoidance feature according to the status of the two USIMs and whether the current POs of the two USIMs (the POs of the UE may be different in different cells) are the same.
  • the UE sends first indication information to the AMF.
  • the UE sends a request message to the AMF, and the request message carries the on/off indication information of the MUSIM paging conflict avoidance feature, that is, the first indication information.
  • the request message may be a registration request or a service request message, or may be a UL NAS transport message or other NAS messages after the UE (USIM) enters the connected state.
  • the AMF turns on or off the first function according to the first instruction information.
  • the AMF determines that it is necessary to turn off the MUSIM paging moment conflict avoidance feature, and then when the UE paging is triggered due to downlink data or signaling, the AMF performs the following operations: no paging policy enhancement , That is, follow the paging processing of ordinary UE; or, do not indicate paging conflict avoidance to RAN in the paging message.
  • the AMF determines that it is necessary to enable the MUSIM paging moment conflict avoidance feature, and then when the UE paging is triggered due to downlink data or signaling, the AMF performs the following operations: performs paging policy enhancement;
  • the RAN may also be indicated in the paging message to avoid paging conflicts.
  • the AMF returns a response message to the UE.
  • the first indication information indicates that the paging enhancement function is turned on and the paging time conflict avoidance function is turned off, or, An indication message indicates that the paging enhancement function is turned off and the paging time conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • the terminal device decides to turn on or off the paging enhanced function, and/or turns on or turns off the paging time conflict avoidance function.
  • the following will describe the AMF's decision to turn on or off the paging enhanced function, and/or , Turn on or turn off the embodiment of the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 400 according to an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the content sent and received in the interaction process in FIG. 4 can be carried in messages in existing standards for sending and receiving, and the specific meaning of messages can be referred to the description in the standard, or they can also be sent and received through newly defined messages. Not limited. As shown in FIG. 4, the method 400 includes:
  • the terminal device sends the status of multiple USIMs to the access and mobility management function AMF, the terminal device includes the multiple USIMs, and the status of the multiple USIMs is used for determining the second indication information.
  • the AMF determines second indication information according to the states of the multiple USIMs, where the second indication information is used to indicate to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function, the terminal
  • the device includes the plurality of USIMs.
  • the paging enhancement function is used to indicate the service information that triggers paging to the terminal device or filter the paging of the terminal according to the service information that triggers the paging.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function, including:
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to turn on or turn off the paging enhancement function; or,
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to turn on or turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment; or,
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off; or,
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned off and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • the AMF sends the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the second indication information from the AMF.
  • the terminal device sends the status of multiple USIMs to the AMF, so that the AMF decides to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function.
  • the AMF informs the terminal device through the second indication information, which can enable the MUSIM feature to be flexibly enabled, which helps to save network resources.
  • AMF can decide whether to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function. They will be described separately below.
  • the terminal device monitors the status of multiple USIMs and reports the status of multiple USIMs to the AMF.
  • AMF decides to open or close the paging enhancement function according to the status of multiple SUIMs.
  • the "state of multiple USIMs" implicitly includes the number of multiple cards of the terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to enable the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is a connection State, the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the second USIM can be understood as the current USIM.
  • the AMF is the second USIM Set to enable the paging enhancement function, and send the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate to enable the paging enhancement function, and the AMF may also send a subscription request to the SMF to facilitate the subscription of the paging enhancement function.
  • the method 400 further includes: the AMF sends a subscription request to the session management function SMF, where the subscription request is used to subscribe to the paging enhanced function.
  • the SMF receives the subscription request from the AMF, and activates the paging enhancement function according to the subscription request; the SMF sends a subscription response message to the AMF to respond to the subscription request.
  • the SMF activates the paging enhancement function according to the subscription request, including: the SMF obtains a paging indication for downlink data or signaling, and the paging indication may indicate the control plane session management SM signaling, IMS voice, and IMS short message , Non-IMS voice non-IMS short message other IMS services, non-IMS services, application ID, etc.
  • acquiring the paging indication of downlink data or signaling by the SMF includes: the SMF generates a paging indication according to the downlink data or signaling; or, the SMF instructs the UPF to generate a paging indication according to the downlink data.
  • the method 400 further includes: AMF sending a first notification message to a session management function SMF, where the first notification message is used to notify the SMF to enable the paging enhancement function.
  • the AMF can notify the SMF to enable the paging enhancement function.
  • the paging enhancement function can be added to the AMF service in advance, that is, the subscription of the paging enhancement function is added, so that when the AMF informs the SMF to enable the paging enhancement function, the SMF can start paging Enhanced function, that is, subscribe to the AMF for the enhanced paging function.
  • the SMF receives the first notification message from the AMF, and activates the paging enhancement function according to the first notification message; the SMF sends a first notification response message to the AMF in response to the first notification message.
  • the SMF activates the paging enhancement function according to the first notification message, including: the SMF acquires a paging indication for downlink data or signaling, and the paging indication may indicate control plane session management SM signaling, IMS voice, IMS short message, non-IMS voice non-IMS short message other IMS services, non-IMS services, application ID, etc.
  • acquiring the paging indication of downlink data or signaling by the SMF includes: the SMF generates a paging indication according to the downlink data or signaling; or, the SMF instructs the UPF to generate a paging indication according to the downlink data.
  • the second indication information in the embodiment of the present application may also be triggered by the state transition of the USIM.
  • State transition includes: changing from a connected state to an idle state or an inactive state, or from an idle state or an inactive state to a connected state, and so on. That is to say, when the state of one or more USIMs among the multiple USIMs changes, the AMF determines the second indication information.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate to enable the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in a connected state, so The second USIM is transitioning from the connected state to the idle state or the inactive state; wherein, S430 includes: the access and mobility management function AMF of the second USIM sends the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the access and mobility management function AMF of the second USIM provides the terminal equipment
  • the second indication information is sent to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on.
  • AMF refers to the AMF of the second USIM
  • SMF refers to the SMF of the second USIM
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to turn off the paging enhancement function, where the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is In an idle state or an inactive state, the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the second USIM can be understood as the current USIM.
  • the communication capability of the terminal device is 1Tx/1Rx, taking two USIMs as an example, if the first USIM is idle or inactive, and the second USIM is idle or inactive, then AMF is the second USIM Set to close the paging enhancement function, and send the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to turn off the paging enhanced function, and the AMF may also send a subscribe request to the SMF to facilitate subscribing to the paging enhanced function.
  • the method 400 further includes: the AMF sends an unsubscribe request to the session management function SMF, where the unsubscribe request is used to unsubscribe the paging enhanced function.
  • the paging enhancement function can be added to the SMF service in advance, that is, the subscription of the paging enhancement function can be added, so that when the AMF determines to disable the paging enhancement function, the SMF can subscribe to the paging function. Call enhanced function.
  • the SMF receives the unsubscribe request from the AMF, and closes the paging enhancement function according to the unsubscribe request; the SMF sends an unsubscribe response message to the AMF to respond to the unsubscribe request.
  • the SMF turns off the paging enhancement function according to the unsubscribe request, including: the SMF does not obtain a paging indication for downlink data or signaling, and the paging indication may indicate control plane session management SM signaling, IMS voice, IMS short message, non-IMS voice non-IMS short message other IMS services, non-IMS services, application ID, etc.
  • the SMF does not acquire a paging indicator for downlink data or signaling includes: the SMF does not generate a paging indicator; or the SMF does not instruct the UPF to generate a paging indicator according to the downlink data.
  • the above-mentioned paging indication may be a service indication or service information.
  • the method 400 further includes: AMF sending a second notification message to the session management function SMF, where the second notification message is used to notify the SMF to close the paging enhancement function.
  • the AMF can notify the SMF to turn off the paging enhancement function.
  • the paging enhancement function can be added to the AMF service in advance, that is, the subscription of the paging enhancement function is added, so that when the AMF informs the SMF to close the paging enhancement function, the SMF can close the paging function.
  • Enhanced function that is, subscribe to the AMF for the enhanced paging function.
  • the SMF receives the second notification message from the AMF and turns off the paging enhancement function according to the second notification message; the SMF sends a second notification response message to the AMF in response to the second notification message.
  • the SMF turns off the paging enhancement function according to the second notification message, including: the SMF does not obtain a paging indication for downlink data or signaling, and the paging indication may indicate control plane session management SM signaling, IMS voice , IMS short messages, non-IMS voice non-IMS short messages, other IMS services, non-IMS services, application IDs, etc.
  • the SMF does not acquire a paging indicator for downlink data or signaling includes: the SMF does not generate a paging indicator; or the SMF does not instruct the UPF to generate a paging indicator according to the downlink data.
  • the second indication information in the embodiment of the present application may also be triggered by the state transition of the USIM.
  • State transition includes: changing from a connected state to an idle state or an inactive state, or from an idle state or an inactive state to a connected state, and so on.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to turn off the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is idle State or inactive state, the second USIM transitions from the connected state to the idle state or inactive state; wherein, S430 includes: the access and mobility management function of the second USIM AMF sends the second indication to the terminal device information.
  • the AMF of the second USIM sends the second indication information to the terminal device To indicate to turn off the paging enhancement function.
  • AMF refers to the AMF of the second USIM
  • SMF refers to the SMF of the second USIM.
  • the AMF can turn off the paging enhanced function, and send second indication information to the AMF.
  • the second instruction information is used to instruct to turn off the paging enhanced function.
  • the terminal device monitors the status of multiple USIMs and sends the status of multiple USIMs to the AMF. According to the status of multiple USIMs, AMF decides to turn on or turn off the paging time conflict avoidance function.
  • the "state of multiple USIMs" implicitly includes the number of multiple cards of the terminal device.
  • the AMF may also consider the paging moment of the USIM and decide to turn on or turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance function.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM It is an idle state or an inactive state, the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, and the paging moment PO of the first USIM is the same as the PO of the second USIM.
  • the AMF sets the first USIM or the second USIM to enable the paging time conflict avoidance function, and sends the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the method 400 further includes: the AMF performs paging processing based on a first number of attempts and/or a first paging interval, wherein the first number of attempts is greater than the second number of attempts, and the first The paging interval is greater than the second paging interval, the second number of attempts is the number of paging attempts of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is enabled, and the second paging interval is when the paging time conflict avoidance function is enabled.
  • the AMF can avoid conflicts between the paging moment of the first USIM and the paging moment of the second SUIM by increasing the number of attempts and/or increasing the paging interval.
  • the method 400 further includes: the AMF sends a paging message to the access network device, where the paging message is used to instruct to enable the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment.
  • the AMF can inform the access network device of the instruction to enable the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment, so that the access network device can enhance the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment.
  • the access network device can prepare two paging moments for a certain USIM in one paging cycle, or for the paging moments of one of the USIMs of the terminal equipment in two consecutive paging cycles (for example, the DRX cycle) Paging the USIM, or randomize the paging moment of one of the USIMs, or set the paging moment offset for one of the USIMs of the terminal device, and so on.
  • the second indication information in the embodiment of the present application may also be triggered by the state transition of the USIM.
  • State transition includes: changing from a connected state to an idle state or an inactive state, or from an idle state or an inactive state to a connected state, and so on.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function
  • the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM
  • the first USIM Is an idle state or an inactive state
  • the second USIM transitions from a connected state to an idle state or an inactive state
  • the paging time PO of the first USIM is the same as the PO of the second USIM
  • S430 includes : The access and mobility management function AMF of the first USIM or the second USIM sends the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the paging time PO of the first USIM and the first USIM The POs of the two USIMs are the same, then the AMF of the first USIM or the second USIM sends second indication information to the terminal device to instruct to enable the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment.
  • AMF refers to the AMF of the first USIM or the second USIM.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM The USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state, and the second USIM is in a connected state.
  • the communication capability of the terminal device is 1Tx/1Rx or 1Tx/2Rx.
  • the AMF is the second USIM Set to close the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment, and send the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the method 400 further includes: the AMF performs paging processing based on a second number of attempts and/or a second paging interval, wherein the second number of attempts is less than the first number of attempts, and the second The paging interval is less than the first paging interval, the second number of attempts is the number of paging attempts of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on, and the second paging interval is when the paging time conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • the paging interval of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function, the first number of attempts is the number of paging attempts of the terminal device after the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on, the first paging The interval is the paging interval paging moment conflict avoidance function of the terminal device after the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • the AMF needs to do additional processing (such as increasing the number of attempts, and/or increasing the paging interval), that is, according to the normal paging processing of the terminal device.
  • turning off the paging moment conflict avoidance function by the AMF includes: the AMF sends a paging message to an access network device, where the paging message is used to instruct to turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance function.
  • the AMF can notify the access network device of the instruction to turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment, so that the access network device does not need to enhance the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment.
  • the second indication information in the embodiment of the present application may also be triggered by the state transition of the USIM.
  • State transition includes: changing from a connected state to an idle state or an inactive state, or from an idle state or an inactive state to a connected state, and so on.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM In an idle state or an inactive state, the second USIM transitions from an idle state or an inactive state to a connected state; wherein, S430 includes: the mobility management function AMF of the first USIM sends the second indication information to the terminal device .
  • the AMF of the first USIM sends the second indication information to the terminal device , To indicate to close the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment.
  • AMF refers to the AMF of the first USIM.
  • the AMF can turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance function, and send second instruction information to the terminal device, the second instruction information is used to instruct to turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance function .
  • the paging time conflict avoidance function and the paging enhancement function are mutually exclusive. Then, in fact, an indication message can indicate that one of the features is turned on and the other is turned off. This will be described in detail below.
  • the second indication information may indicate to turn on the paging moment conflict avoidance function and turn off the paging enhanced function, or indicate to turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance function and turn on the paging enhanced function.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on and the paging enhancement function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include the first USIM And a second USIM, the first USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, and the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, wherein S430 includes: access and mobility management of the first USIM or the second USIM The function AMF sends the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on and the paging enhancement function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM A USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, the second USIM is changed from a connected state to an idle state or an inactive state, and the terminal device sends the second USIM to the access and mobility management function AMF of the second USIM. Instructions.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off and the paging enhancement function is turned on, wherein the multiple USIMs include first The USIM and the second USIM, the first USIM is idle or inactive, and the second USIM is connected, where S430 includes: the access and mobility management function of the first USIM AMF sends all the information to the terminal device The second instruction information.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off and the paging enhancement function is turned on, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM The USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, the second USIM changes from an idle state or an inactive state to a connected state, and the terminal device sends the second indication to the access and mobility management function AMF of the first USIM information.
  • the process includes the following steps:
  • the UE such as USIM1
  • AMF Access Management Function
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • UPF User Plane Function
  • the paging enhancement triggered by the downlink service may specifically include: SMF/UPF, or AMF, which detects the downlink data or signaling of USIM1 to obtain corresponding service information, such as service type.
  • AMF includes the service information in the paging
  • the message is sent to the RAN node; the RAN node further includes the service information in the paging message to indicate to the UE; or, the AMF informs the UE of the downlink service information through a NAS message or user plane data, so that the UE can follow the downlink service of USIM1
  • the information determines whether to continue the service of the currently connected USIM (for example, USIM2), or switch to the service of USIM1. Among them, before the UE receives the downlink service information of the USIM1, the USIM2 is in the connected state.
  • Another optional paging enhancement may specifically include: filtering the paging of the terminal device according to the service information that triggers the paging.
  • the UE reports the service information desired by the USIM to the AMF. For example, through a registration process or a service request process, the AMF stores the service information.
  • the AMF determines whether to send paging to the terminal device or send downlink service information to the UE through the NAS message or the user data plane according to the service information and the service information of the downlink service.
  • the service information reported by the terminal device is a whitelist list, and if the service information that triggers paging is in the whitelist list, the AMF sends a paging to the terminal device, or sends downlink service information to the terminal device through a NAS message or user data plane.
  • the business information reported by the terminal device is a blacklist list, and if the business information that triggers paging is in the blacklist list, AMF does not send paging to the terminal device, or does not send it through NAS messages or user data planes
  • the downlink service information is sent to the UE, otherwise it is sent.
  • 502 add a new subscription to the MUSIM paging enhanced feature service.
  • Option 1 SMF service adds MUSIM feature subscription. In this way, when AMF judges that MUSIM is switched on or off, it can subscribe to or unsubscribe from AMF's MUSIM service from SMF.
  • the AMF sends a subscription request to the SMF to subscribe to the service to enable the aforementioned MUSIM paging enhancement feature; 502b, the SMF sends a subscription response to the AMF.
  • Option 2 Add MUSIM paging enhancement feature subscription to AMF service.
  • the SMF sends a subscription request to the AMF to subscribe to the MUSIM paging enhancement feature, that is, when the paging enhancement feature needs to be turned on or off for the MUSIM UE, it is notified to the SMF, so that the SMF determines whether it needs to obtain the downlink data including paging cause; 502b.
  • the AMF sends a subscription response to the SMF. In this way, when AMF determines that MUSIM is switched on or off, it can notify SMF.
  • the UE monitors the status of multiple USIMs.
  • the UE monitors the number of multiple cards and the status of multiple cards, and reports to the AMF in time, so that the AMF can make a switch decision of the MUSIM paging enhancement feature.
  • the UE sends the status of multiple USIMs to the AMF.
  • the UE sends a request message to the AMF, and the request message carries the status of multiple USIMs.
  • the request message may be a registration request or a service request message, or may be a UL NAS transport message or other NAS messages after the UE (USIM) enters the connected state.
  • the AMF determines the second indication information according to the states of the multiple USIMs.
  • the AMF determines whether the network needs to enable the MUSIM paging enhancement feature based on the UE's multi-card capability, the number of multi-cards, and the multi-card status.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate whether to enable or disable the paging enhancement feature of MUSIM.
  • AMF can also determine which SMF network element needs to be contacted. Among them, AMF can notify the corresponding SMF of all established PDU sessions of the USIM, or only the corresponding SMF of some established PDU sessions of the USIM (for example, only open MUSIM search for a specific NSSAI and/or DN). Call enhanced features).
  • the AMF needs to notify the SMF.
  • the AMF sends an unsubscribe request to the SMF; 506b, the SMF sends an unsubscribe response to the AMF.
  • AMF sends a notification message to SMF
  • SMF sends a notification response to AMF
  • the AMF returns the second indication information to the UE.
  • the first function including the paging collision avoidance feature of MUSIM will be described as an example. As shown in Figure 5, it includes the following steps:
  • the UE and AMF negotiate the MUSIM paging collision avoidance feature, that is, when the downlink service triggers paging, the following operations can be performed: For example, the paging strategy is enhanced.
  • the AMF or RAN increases the number of attempts to page the UE (i.e.
  • the AMF indicates in the paging message that the paging collision feature is avoided to the RAN, so that the RAN generates (or calculates) the enhancement of the PO, for example, prepares two POs for one of the USIMs of the UE in a paging cycle (DRX cycle), Either one of the USIMs of the terminal device pages the USIM at the paging moment in two consecutive paging cycles (for example, the DRX cycle), or randomizes the paging moment of one of the USIMs, or one of the USIMs of the terminal device Set the paging time offset, and so on.
  • DRX cycle paging cycle
  • Either one of the USIMs of the terminal device pages the USIM at the paging moment in two consecutive paging cycles (for example, the DRX cycle), or randomizes the paging moment of one of the USIMs, or one of the USIMs of the terminal device Set the paging time offset, and so on.
  • the UE monitors the status of multiple USIMs.
  • the UE detects the multi-card status and the PO of the USIM and reports it to the AMF in time, so that the AMF can be based on the status of the two USIMs and the current PO of the two USIMs (the POs of the UE may be different in different cells) Similarly, it is determined whether the network needs to enable the paging collision avoidance feature of MUSIM.
  • the AMF determines the second indication information according to the states of the multiple USIMs.
  • the AMF determines that the conflict avoidance feature at the paging moment of MUSIM needs to be switched on and off according to the second indication information. Then, when UE paging is triggered due to downlink data or signaling, AMF performs the following operations: no paging policy enhancement is performed, that is, paging processing according to ordinary UE; or, indicating/not indicating paging in the paging message Call conflict avoid to RAN.
  • the AMF sends second indication information to the UE.
  • FIG. 3 or FIG. 5 is only an exemplary description, and does not limit the embodiment of the present application.
  • the second indication information indicates that the paging enhancement function is turned on and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off, or the first The second indication information indicates that the paging enhancement function is turned off and the paging time conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation to the implementation process of the embodiments of this application. .
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1000 may include a processing unit 1100 and a transceiving unit 1200.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the above method embodiment, for example, it may be a terminal device, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) configured for use in the terminal device.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the method according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the terminal device in the aforementioned method 200.
  • each unit in the communication device 1000 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 200 in FIG. 2.
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured to determine first indication information according to the states of multiple universal user identification modules USIM, and the first indication information is used to indicate to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable the paging enhancement function.
  • the terminal device includes the multiple USIMs; the transceiver unit 1200 is configured to send the first indication information to the access and mobility management function AMF.
  • the paging enhancement function is used to indicate the service information that triggers paging to the terminal device or filter the paging of the terminal according to the service information that triggers the paging.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function, including:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on or off; or,
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to turn on or turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned off and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the activation of the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, the first USIM is in a connected state, and the second USIM The USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state; wherein the transmitting and receiving unit 1200 is configured to send the first indication information to the AMF includes: sending the first indication information to the AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to turn off the paging enhancement function
  • the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM
  • the first USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state
  • the second USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state
  • the transmitting and receiving unit 1200 is configured to send the first indication information to the AMF includes: sending the AMF corresponding to the first USIM and/or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM The first instruction information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in an idle state or inactive State, the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, and the paging time PO of the first USIM is the same as the PO of the second USIM; wherein, the transceiver unit 1200 is configured to send a first indication to the AMF
  • the information includes: sending the first indication information to the AMF corresponding to the first USIM or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in an idle state or inactive State, the second USIM is in the connected state; wherein the transmitting and receiving unit 1200 is configured to send the first indication information to the AMF includes: sending the first indication information to the AMF corresponding to the first USIM.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on and the paging enhancement function is turned off
  • the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM
  • the first USIM The USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state
  • the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is configured to send the first indication information to the access and mobility management function AMF, including: Sending the first indication information to the AMF corresponding to the first USIM or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off and the paging enhancement function is turned on
  • the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM The USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state, and the second USIM is in a connected state; wherein the transceiver unit 1200 is configured to send the first indication information to the AMF includes: sending the first indication information to the AMF corresponding to the first USIM .
  • the transceiver unit 1200 may be used to perform the receiving and/or sending steps of the terminal device (or the UE in FIG. 3) in the method 200. For the sake of brevity, I will not list them all.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the method according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the terminal device in the foregoing method 400.
  • the units in the communication device 1000 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the terminal device of the method 400 in FIG. 4.
  • the processing unit 1100 is used for the terminal device to send the status of multiple USIMs to the access and mobility management function AMF, the terminal device includes the multiple USIMs, and the status of the multiple USIMs is used for the second Determination of indication information;
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is configured to receive the second indication information from the AMF, the second indication information is used to indicate to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable paging Conflict avoidance function at paging time. Conflict avoidance function at paging time.
  • the paging enhancement function is used to indicate the service information that triggers paging to the terminal device or filter the paging of the terminal according to the service information that triggers the paging.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function, including:
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to turn on or turn off the paging enhancement function; or,
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to turn on or turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment; or,
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off; or,
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned off and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the activation of the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, the first USIM is in a connected state, and the second USIM The USIM is idle or inactive.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to turn off the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, The second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in an idle state or inactive The second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, and the paging moment PO of the first USIM is the same as the PO of the second USIM.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in an idle state or inactive State, the second USIM is in a connected state.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on and the paging enhancement function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM A USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state, the second USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state, and the AMF is the AMF corresponding to the first USIM or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off and the paging enhancement function is turned on, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM A USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state, the second USIM is in a connected state, and the AMF is an AMF corresponding to the first USIM.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 may be used to perform the receiving and/or sending steps of the terminal device (or the UE in FIG. 5) in the method 400. For the sake of brevity, I will not list them all.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it may correspond to the transceiver 2020 in the terminal device 2000 shown in FIG.
  • the processing unit 1100 in 1000 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 2010 in the terminal device 2000 shown in FIG. 7.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented through an input/output interface.
  • the communication device 1000 further includes a storage unit, which can be used to store instructions or data, and the processing unit can call the instructions or data stored in the storage unit to implement corresponding operations.
  • the storage unit may be implemented by at least one memory, for example, may correspond to the memory 2030 in the terminal device 2000 in FIG. 7.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the AMF in the above method embodiment, for example, it may be an AMF, or a component (such as a chip or a circuit) configured for the AMF.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the AMF in the method according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the AMF in the aforementioned method 200.
  • each unit in the communication device 1000 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 200 in FIG. 2.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is configured to receive first indication information from a terminal device, the terminal device includes multiple USIMs, and the first indication information is determined by the state of the multiple USIMs; the processing unit 1100 Configured to enable or disable the paging enhancement function according to the first instruction information; and/or, enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function according to the first instruction information;
  • the paging enhancement function is used to indicate the service information that triggers paging to the terminal device or filter the paging of the terminal according to the service information that triggers the paging.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function, including:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on or off; or,
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to turn on or turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned off and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the activation of the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, the first USIM is in a connected state, and the second USIM The USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state, and the AMF is the AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is further configured to send a subscription request to the session management function SMF of the second USIM, where the subscription request is used to subscribe to the paging enhanced function.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is further configured to send a first notification message to the SMF of the second USIM, where the first notification message is used to notify the SMF to enable the paging enhancement function.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct to turn off the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state, The second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, and the AMF is the AMF corresponding to the first USIM and/or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is further configured to send an unsubscribe request to the SMF of the second USIM, and the unsubscribe request is used to unsubscribe the paging enhancement function.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to send a second notification message to the SMF corresponding to the first USIM or the SMF corresponding to the second USIM, and the second notification message is used to notify the SMF of closing The paging enhancement function.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in an idle state or inactive State, the second USIM is idle or inactive, the paging moment PO of the first USIM is the same as the PO of the second USIM, and the AMF is the AMF corresponding to the first USIM or the The AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function, including: performing paging processing based on a first number of attempts and/or a first paging interval, where the first number of attempts is greater than The second number of attempts, the first paging interval is greater than the second paging interval, the second number of attempts is the number of paging attempts of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is enabled, and the first The second paging interval is the paging interval of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to send a paging message to the access network device, where the paging message is used to instruct to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance Function.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in an idle state or inactive State, the second USIM is in the connected state, and the AMF is the AMF corresponding to the first USIM.
  • the processing unit 1100 is further configured to perform paging processing based on the second number of attempts and/or the second paging interval, wherein the second number of attempts is less than the first number of attempts.
  • the number of attempts, the second paging interval is less than the first paging interval, the second number of attempts is the number of paging attempts of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is enabled, and the second paging interval
  • the paging interval is the paging interval of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on, and the first number of attempts is the number of paging attempts of the terminal device after the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on
  • the first paging interval is the paging interval of the terminal device after the paging moment conflict avoidance function is enabled.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to send a paging message to the access network device, where the paging message is used to instruct to turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance Function.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on and the paging enhancement function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM The USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, and the AMF is the AMF corresponding to the first USIM or the AMF corresponding to the second USIM.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off and the paging enhancement function is turned on, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM The USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state, the second USIM is in a connected state, and the AMF is an AMF corresponding to the first USIM.
  • transceiver unit 1200 may be used to perform the steps of receiving and/or sending the AMF (or the AMF in FIG. 3) in the method 400. For the sake of brevity, I will not list them all.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the AMF in the method according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the AMF in the foregoing method 400.
  • each unit in the communication device 1000 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 400 in FIG. 4.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is configured to receive the status of multiple USIMs from the terminal device; the processing unit 1100 is configured to determine the second indication information according to the status of the multiple USIMs, and the second indication information is used When instructing to turn on or turn off the paging enhancement function, and/or turn on or turn off the paging moment conflict avoidance function, the terminal device includes the multiple USIM paging moment conflict avoidance functions; the transceiver unit 1200 is also used to The terminal device sends the second indication information.
  • the paging enhancement function is used to indicate the service information that triggers paging to the terminal device or filter the paging of the terminal according to the service information that triggers the paging.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to enable or disable the paging enhancement function, and/or to enable or disable the paging time conflict avoidance function, including:
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to turn on or turn off the paging enhancement function; or,
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to turn on or turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment; or,
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned on and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off; or,
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging enhancement function is turned off and the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the activation of the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, the first USIM is in a connected state, and the second USIM The USIM is idle or inactive.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is further configured to send a subscription request to the session management function SMF corresponding to the second USIM, where the subscription request is used to subscribe to the paging enhanced function.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to send a first notification message to the session management function SMF corresponding to the second USIM, and the first notification message is used to notify the SMF to enable the paging enhancement function .
  • the second indication information is used to instruct to turn off the paging enhancement function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, The second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is further configured to send an unsubscribe request to the SMF corresponding to the second USIM, and the subscription request is used to unsubscribe the paging enhanced function.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to send a second notification message to the session management function SMF corresponding to the second USIM, and the second notification message is used to notify the SMF to disable the paging enhancement function .
  • the second indication information is used to indicate to enable the paging moment conflict avoidance function, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in an idle state or inactive State, the second USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, the first message also includes the paging moment PO of the first USIM and the PO of the second USIM, the PO of the first USIM and the PO of the second USIM The PO of the second USIM is the same.
  • the processing unit 1100 is further configured to perform paging processing based on the first number of attempts and/or the first paging interval, where the first number of attempts is greater than the second number of attempts, and the first paging The interval is greater than the second paging interval, the second number of attempts is the number of paging attempts of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on, and the second paging interval is when the paging is started.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to send a paging message to the access network device, where the paging message is used to instruct to enable the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM is in an idle state or inactive State, the second USIM is in a connected state.
  • the processing unit 1100 is further configured to perform paging processing based on a second number of attempts and/or a second paging interval, where the second number of attempts is described before the collision avoidance function at the paging moment is turned on The number of paging attempts of the terminal device, and the second paging interval is the paging interval of the terminal device before the paging moment conflict avoidance function is enabled.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is further configured to send a paging message to the access network device, where the paging message is used to instruct to turn off the conflict avoidance function at the paging moment.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned on and the paging enhancement function is turned off, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM The USIM is in an idle state or an inactive state, and the second USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the paging moment conflict avoidance function is turned off and the paging enhancement function is turned on, wherein the multiple USIMs include a first USIM and a second USIM, and the first USIM The USIM is in an idle state or in an inactive state, and the second USIM is in a connected state.
  • transceiver unit 1200 may be used to perform the steps of receiving and/or sending the AMF (or AMF in FIG. 5) in the method 400. For the sake of brevity, I will not list them all.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it may correspond to the communication interface 1510 shown in FIG. 8, and the processing unit 1100 in the communication device 1000 It may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 1520 shown in FIG. 8.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented through an input/output interface.
  • the communication device 1000 further includes a storage unit, which can be used to store instructions or data, and the processing unit can call the instructions or data stored in the storage unit to implement corresponding operations.
  • the storage unit may be implemented by at least one memory, for example, may correspond to the memory 1530 in FIG. 8.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 2000 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the terminal device 2000 includes a processor 2010 and a transceiver 2020.
  • the terminal device 2000 further includes a memory 2030.
  • the processor 2010, the transceiver 2002, and the memory 2030 can communicate with each other through internal connection paths to transfer control and/or data signals.
  • the memory 2030 is used for storing computer programs, and the processor 2010 is used for downloading from the memory 2030. Call and run the computer program to control the transceiver 2020 to send and receive signals.
  • the terminal device 2000 may further include an antenna 2040 for transmitting the uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 2020 through a wireless signal.
  • the above-mentioned processor 2010 and the memory 2030 may be combined into a processing device, and the processor 2010 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 2030 to realize the above-mentioned functions.
  • the memory 2030 may also be integrated in the processor 2010 or independent of the processor 2010.
  • the processor 2010 may correspond to the processing unit in FIG. 3.
  • the aforementioned transceiver 2020 and antenna 2040 may correspond to the transceiver unit in FIG. 6, and may also be referred to as a transceiver unit.
  • the transceiver 2020 may include a receiver (or receiver, receiving circuit) and a transmitter (or transmitter, transmitting circuit). Among them, the receiver is used to receive signals, and the transmitter is used to transmit signals.
  • the terminal device 2000 shown in FIG. 7 can implement various processes involving the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4.
  • the operations and/or functions of each module in the terminal device 2000 are respectively for implementing the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the above-mentioned processor 2010 can be used to execute the actions described in the previous method embodiments implemented by the terminal device, and the transceiver 2020 can be used to execute the terminal device described in the previous method embodiments to send or receive from the access network device. The action received by the network device.
  • the transceiver 2020 can be used to execute the terminal device described in the previous method embodiments to send or receive from the access network device. The action received by the network device.
  • the aforementioned terminal device 2000 may further include a power supply 2050 for providing power to various devices or circuits in the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 2000 may also include one or more of an input unit 2060, a display unit 2070, an audio circuit 2080, a camera 2090, and a sensor 2100.
  • the audio circuit It may also include a speaker 2082, a microphone 2084, and so on.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1500 provided according to an embodiment of the present application. It is used to realize the function of AMF in the above method.
  • the device may be an AMF or a device that can be used with AMF.
  • the device can be installed in the AMF or can be set independently, which is not limited.
  • the device may be a chip system.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the apparatus 1500 includes at least one processor 1520, which is configured to implement the AMF function in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1500 may further include at least one memory 1530 for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the memory 1530 and the processor 1520 are coupled.
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 1520 may operate in cooperation with the memory 1530.
  • the processor 1520 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1530. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
  • the apparatus 1500 may further include a communication interface 1510 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the apparatus used in the apparatus 1500 can communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, an interface, a bus, a circuit, a pin, or a device capable of implementing the transceiver function.
  • the other device may be a terminal device or an SMF or an access network device.
  • the processor 1520 uses the communication interface 1510 to send and receive data, and is used to implement the method executed by the AMF in the embodiments corresponding to FIGS. 2 to 5.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection medium between the aforementioned communication interface 1510, the processor 1520, and the memory 1530.
  • the memory 1530, the processor 1520, and the communication interface 1510 are connected by a bus 1540 in FIG. 8.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. , Is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 8, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 8 can implement the method executed by the AMF in the embodiment of the present application, for example, various processes involving AMF in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to FIG. 5.
  • the operations and/or functions of each module in the communication device are respectively intended to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 8 is only a possible architecture of AMF, and should not constitute any limitation to this application.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the method in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the aforementioned processing device may be one or more chips.
  • the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a system on chip (SoC), or It is a central processor unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or a microcontroller (microcontroller unit). , MCU), it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • SoC system on chip
  • CPU central processor unit
  • NP network processor
  • DSP digital signal processing circuit
  • microcontroller unit microcontroller unit
  • MCU programmable logic device
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability.
  • the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components .
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic RAM
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory serial DRAM, SLDRAM
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the above-mentioned embodiment Methods.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores program code, which when the program code runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned various embodiments Any one of the network elements (terminal equipment or AMF) in the implementation of the method.
  • the present application also provides a system, which includes the aforementioned terminal device and AMF.
  • component used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution.
  • the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, an execution thread, a program, and/or a computer running on a processor.
  • the application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components.
  • One or more components may reside in processes and/or threads of execution, and components may be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can be executed from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • the component can be based on, for example, a signal having one or more data packets (e.g. data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through a signal) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • a signal having one or more data packets (e.g. data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through a signal) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • the processing unit used to execute these technologies at a communication device can be implemented in one or more general-purpose processors, DSPs, digital signal processing devices, ASICs, Programmable logic device, FPGA, or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware component, or any combination of the foregoing.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor.
  • the general-purpose processor may also be any traditional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • the processor can also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors combined with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration. accomplish.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk, SSD)) etc.
  • system and “network” in this article are often used interchangeably in this article.
  • the term “and/or” in this article is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone In the three cases of B, A can be singular or plural, and B can be singular or plural.
  • the character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • At least one of or “at least one of” herein means all or any combination of the listed items, for example, "at least one of A, B and C", It can mean: A alone exists, B alone exists, C exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, B and C exist at the same time, and there are six cases of A, B and C at the same time, where A can be singular or plural, and B can be Singular or plural, C can be singular or plural.
  • B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A.
  • determining B based on A does not mean that B is determined only based on A, and B can also be determined based on A and/or other information.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种通信方法以及通信装置，能够实现灵活开启MUSIM特性，有助于节省网络资源。该方法包括：终端设备根据多个通用用户识别模块USIM的状态确定第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，所述终端设备包括所述多个USIM；向接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第一指示信息。因此，终端设备自己决定开启还是关闭MUSIM特性，并通过第一指示信息告知给AMF，以便于AMF基于第一指示信息指示的内容进行相应的操作。

Description

一种通信方法及通信装置
本申请要求于2020年5月21日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010438309.4、申请名称为“一种通信方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及一种通信方法及通信装置。
背景技术
随着通信技术的发展，通过在终端中部署多个卡槽，或者，终端设备上的一个通用集成电路卡(universal integrated circuit card，UICC)中存储有多个通用用户识别模块(universal subscriber identity module，USIM)USIMs；或者，多个USIMs可以存储在终端设备上，而无需UICC，即软SIM或软USIM，从而使得终端用户同时持有多个通用用户识别模块(universal subscriber identity module，USIM)进行通信业务。例如，终端用户可以使用多个USIM联系不同的用户群体或者用于进行不同的通信业务。而且未来的企业场景对一个终端支持多个USIMs存在较强需求。
目前市场上的终端存在不同的通信能力，包括1Rx/1Tx和2Rx/1Tx能力，其中1Rx通信能力在相同时间只能接收一个USIM对应的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)的网络信号。例如，单收单发(single Rx/single Tx))通信能力的终端，或者说为不同USIM配置了独立的接收端口(receive，RX)但在相同时间仅允许一个RX工作的终端，在相同时间都只能接收一个USIM对应的PLMN的网络信号，或者说UE终端上2个以上的Rx统一时刻只能服务于一个USIM，因此逻辑上也是一个Rx。因此，这种通信能力的多卡终端可能会出现由于寻呼时刻冲突(paging occasion collision)(即两个或两个以上的USIMs的paging occasion相同)而导致的收不到某个USIM寻呼的问题。所以对于1Rx能力的终端，需要执行寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，例如，AMF可为USIM多发起几次寻呼，拉长两次寻呼之间的时间间隔等等；RAN可为USIM多发起几次寻呼，在USIM的连续两个DRX周期的PO寻呼该USIM，在随机的PO发送该USIM的寻呼等等。而对于dual Rx/single Tx UE通过为每个USIM分配一个Rx能力，实现了相同时间接收两个网络的信号，不会出现paging collision的问题，但由于只有1Tx能力，不支持上行同时与两个系统进行通信，因此不能保持两个网络的RRC链接。所以对于1Tx能力的终端，当其中一个USIM处于连接态正在进行业务，而另一个USIM存在下行业务触发的寻呼时，UE无法决定是继续进行当前USIM的业务或转而进行另一个USIM的业务。因此，需要针对MUSIM场景进行寻呼增强，以使能UE继续进行当前USIM的业务或转而进行另一个USIM的业务，例如，CN核心网通过寻呼消息或NAS消息或用户面数据通知UE下行业务信息，UE根据下行业务信息决定是否继续进行当前USIM的业务或转而进行 另一个USIM的业务；或者CN核心网(例如AMF)需要根据下行业务的业务信息(例如业务类型)，以及UE(例如USIM1)上报给CN(例如AMF)的其想要进行的业务信息，决定是否需要向UE发送寻呼消息，或决定通过NAS消息或用户面数据通知UE存在下行业务。
可见上述问题都需要网络侧进行MUSIM特性增强，带来了额外的网络开销。而目前现有技术中MUSIM增强特性会一直开启，会导致网络资源浪费。
发明内容
有鉴于此，本申请提供一种通信方法及通信装置，不需要一直开启MUSIM特性，能够灵活开启或关闭MUSIM特性，有助于节省网络资源。
第一方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：终端设备(或终端设备中的部件，比如电路或芯片)根据多个通用用户识别模块USIM的状态确定第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，所述终端设备包括所述多个USIM；向接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第一指示信息。因此，终端设备自己决定开启还是关闭MUSIM寻呼特性，并通过第一指示信息告知给AMF，以便于AMF基于第一指示信息指示的内容进行相应的操作，能够实现灵活开启MUSIM寻呼特性，有助于节省网络资源。
可选地，所述寻呼增强功能用于将触发寻呼的业务信息指示给所述终端设备或者根据触发寻呼的业务信息对所述终端的寻呼进行过滤。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：
所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示开启寻呼增强功能且关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能且开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备基于多卡状态决定的第一指示信息有多种实现方式，以下分别进行描述。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态；其中，所述终端设备向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：所述终端设备向所述第二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态；其中，所述终端设备向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：所述终端设备向第一USIM对应的AMF和/或所述第二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO与所述第 二USIM的PO相同；其中，所述终端设备向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：所述终端设备向第一USIM对应的AMF或第二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态；其中，所述终端设备向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：所述终端设备向第一USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态；其中，所述终端设备向接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第一指示信息，包括：所述终端设备向第一USIM对应的AMF或第二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且开启所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态；其中，所述终端设备向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：所述终端设备向第一USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
第二方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：接入和移动性管理功能AMF(或AMF中的部件，比如电路或芯片)接收来自终端设备的第一指示信息，所述终端设备包括多个USIM，所述第一指示信息由所述多个USIM的状态确定；所述AMF根据所述第一指示信息，开启或关闭寻呼增强功能；和/或，所述AMF根据所述第一指示信息，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。因此，AMF从终端设备获知开启还是关闭MUSIM寻呼特性，并基于第一指示信息指示的内容进行相应的操作，能够实现灵活开启MUSIM寻呼特性，有助于节省网络资源。
可选地，所述寻呼增强功能用于将触发寻呼的业务信息指示给所述终端设备或者根据触发寻呼的业务信息对所述终端的寻呼进行过滤。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：
所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示开启寻呼增强功能且关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能且开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述开启寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述AMF为所述第二USIM对应的AMF。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述AMF向所述第二USIM的会话管理功能SMF发送订阅请求，所述订阅请求用于订阅所述寻呼增强功能。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述AMF向所述第二USIM的SMF发送第一通知消息，所述第一通知消息用于向所述SMF通知开启所述寻呼增强功能。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所 述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF和/或第二USIM对应的AMF。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述AMF向所述第二USIM的SMF发送去订阅请求，所述去订阅请求用于取消订阅所述寻呼增强功能。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述AMF向所述第一USIM对应的SMF或所述第二USIM对应的SMF发送第二通知消息，所述第二通知消息用于向所述SMF通知关闭所述寻呼增强功能。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF或所述第二USIM对应的AMF。
可选地，所述AMF开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：所述AMF基于第一尝试次数和/或第一寻呼间隔进行寻呼处理，其中，所述第一尝试次数大于第二尝试次数，所述第一寻呼间隔大于第二寻呼间隔，所述第二尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数，所述第二寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼间隔。
可选地，所述AMF开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：所述AMF向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF。
可选地，所述AMF关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：所述AMF基于第二尝试次数和/或第二寻呼间隔进行寻呼处理，其中，所述第二尝试次数小于第一尝试次数，所述第二寻呼间隔小于第一寻呼间隔，所述第二尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数，所述第二寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼间隔，所述第一尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能后所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数，所述第一寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能后所述终端设备的寻呼间隔。
可选地，所述AMF关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：所述AMF向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF或第二USIM对应的AMF。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且开启所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF。
第三方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：终端设备(或终端设备中的部件，比如电路或芯片)向接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送多个USIM的状态，所述终端设备包括所述多个USIM，所述多个USIM的状态用于第二指示信息的确定；所述终端设备接收来自所述AMF的所述第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。因此，终端设备从AMF获知开启还是关闭MUSIM寻呼特性，无需自己确定，能够实现灵活开启MUSIM寻呼特性，有助于节省网络资源。
可选地，所述寻呼增强功能用于将触发寻呼的业务信息指示给所述终端设备或者根据触发寻呼的业务信息对所述终端的寻呼进行过滤。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：
所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能；或，
所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第二指示信息用于指示开启寻呼增强功能且关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能且开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述开启寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF或所述第二USIM对应的AMF。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且开启所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF。
第四方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：接入和移动性管理功能AMF(或AMF中的部件，比如电路或芯片)接收来自终端设备的多个USIM的状态；所述AMF根据所述多个USIM的状态，确定第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功 能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，所述终端设备包括所述多个USIM寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；所述AMF向所述终端设备发送所述第二指示信息。因此，AMF自己决定开启还是关闭MUSIM寻呼特性，并通过第二指示信息告知给终端设备，能够实现灵活开启MUSIM寻呼特性，有助于节省网络资源。
可选地，所述寻呼增强功能用于将触发寻呼的业务信息指示给所述终端设备或者根据触发寻呼的业务信息对所述终端的寻呼进行过滤。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：
所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能；或，
所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第二指示信息用于指示开启寻呼增强功能且关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能且开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
在本申请实施例中，AMF基于多卡状态决定的第一指示信息有多种实现方式，以下分别进行描述。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述开启寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述第二USIM对应的AMF向所述第二USIM对应的会话管理功能SMF发送订阅请求，所述订阅请求用于订阅所述寻呼增强功能。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述第二USIM对应的AMF向所述第二USIM对应的会话管理功能SMF发送第一通知消息，所述第一通知消息用于向所述SMF通知开启所述寻呼增强功能。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述第二USIM对应的AMF向所述第二USIM对应的SMF发送去订阅请求，所述订阅请求用于取消订阅所述寻呼增强功能。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述第二USIM对应的AMF向所述第二USIM对应的会话管理功能SMF发送第二通知消息，所述第二通知消息用于向所述SMF通知关闭所述寻呼增强功能。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一消息还包括所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO和所述第二USIM的PO，所述第一USIM的PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同；其中，所述AMF向所述终端设备发送所述第二指示信息，包括：所述第一USIM对应的AMF或所述第二USIM对应的AMF向所述终端设备发送所述第二指示信息。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述第一USIM对应的AMF或所述第二USIM对应的AMF基于第一尝试次数和/或第一寻呼间隔进行寻呼处理，其中，所述第一尝试次数大于第二尝试次数，所述第一寻呼间隔大于第二寻呼间隔，所述第二尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时 刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数，所述第二寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼间隔。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述第一USIM对应的AMF或所述第二USIM对应的AMF向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态；其中，所述AMF向所述终端设备发送所述第二指示信息，包括：所述第一USIM对应的AMF的接入和移动性管理功能AMF向所述终端设备发送所述第二指示信息。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述第一USIM对应的AMF基于第二尝试次数和/或第二寻呼间隔进行寻呼处理，所述第二尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数，所述第二寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼间隔。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述第一USIM对应的AMF向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态；其中，所述AMF向所述终端设备发送所述第二指示信息，包括：所述第一USIM对应的AMF或第二USIM的对应的AMF向所述终端设备发送所述第二指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且开启所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态；其中，所述AMF向所述终端设备发送所述第二指示信息，包括：所述第一USIM对应的AMF向所述终端设备发送所述第二指示信息。
第五方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括用于执行第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元；或者，包括用于执行第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元；或者，包括用于执行第三方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元；或者，包括用于执行第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元。
第六方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合，可用于执行存储器中的指令，以实现上述第一方面或第三方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地，该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地，该通信装置还包括通信接口，处理器与通信接口耦合。
在一种实现方式中，该通信装置为终端设备。当该通信装置为终端设备时，所述通信接口可以是收发器，或，输入/输出接口。
在另一种实现方式中，该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片时，所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。
可选地，所述收发器可以为收发电路。可选地，所述输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出 电路。
第七方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合，可用于执行存储器中的指令，以实现上述第二方面或第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地，该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地，该通信装置还包括通信接口，处理器与通信接口耦合。
在一种实现方式中，该通信装置为AMF。当该通信装置为AMF时，所述通信接口可以是收发器，或，输入/输出接口。
在另一种实现方式中，该通信装置为配置于AMF中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置于AMF中的芯片时，所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。
可选地，所述收发器可以为收发电路。可选地，所述输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。
第八方面，提供了一种处理器，包括：输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。所述处理电路用于通过所述输入电路接收信号，并通过所述输出电路发射信号，使得所述处理器执行上述第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
在具体实现过程中，上述处理器可以为芯片，输入电路可以为输入管脚，输出电路可以为输出管脚，处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的，输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的，且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路，该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施例对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。
第九方面，提供了一种装置，包括处理器和存储器。该处理器用于读取存储器中存储的指令，并可通过接收器接收信号，通过发射器发射信号，以执行第一方面至第九方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
可选地，所述处理器为一个或多个，所述存储器为一个或多个。
可选地，所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起，或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。
在具体实现过程中，存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器，例如只读存储器(read only memory，ROM)，其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上，也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上，本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。
应理解，相关的数据交互过程例如发送指示信息可以为从处理器输出指示信息的过程，接收指示信息可以为处理器接收输入指示信息的过程。具体地，处理输出的数据可以输出给发射器，处理器接收的输入数据可以来自接收器。其中，发射器和接收器可以统称为收发器。
上述第九方面中的装置可以是芯片，该处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现，当通过硬件实现时，该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等；当通过软件来实现时，该处理器可以是一个通用处理器，通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现，该存储器可以集成在处理器中，可以位于该处理器之外，独立存在。
第十方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序(也 可以称为代码，或指令)，当所述计算机程序被运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第十一方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码，或指令)当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第十二方面，提供了一种通信系统，包括前述的终端设备和AMF。
可选地，该通信系统还可以包括与终端设备和/或AMF交互的其他设备，比如，RAN，SMF等。
附图说明
图1是本申请的实施例应用的移动通信系统的架构示意图。
图2是根据本申请实施例的通信方法的示意性交互图。
图3示出了根据本申请实施例的通信方法的一个例子的示意图。
图4示出了根据本申请实施例的另一通信方法的示意性交互图。
图5示出了根据本申请实施例的另一通信方法的一个例子的示意图。
图6是根据本申请实施例的通信装置的示意性框图。
图7是根据本申请实施例的通信装置的示意性结构图。
图8是根据本申请实施例的通信装置的另一示意性结构图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation，5G)系统或新无线(new radio，NR)等。
以下，对本申请中的部分用语进行解释说明，以便于本领域技术人员理解。
1)、终端设备，又称之为用户设备(user equipment，UE)、移动台(mobile station，MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal，MT)等，是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备，例如，具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前，一些终端的举例为：手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device，MID)、可穿戴设备，虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self-driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、车联网(vehicle to everything，V2X)设备、车载通信装置、车载通信芯片等。
2)、接入网设备是无线网络中的设备，例如将终端接入到无线网络的无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)节点。目前，一些RAN节点的举例为：gNB、传输接收点(transmission  reception point，TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如，home evolved NodeB，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(base band unit，BBU)，或无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wifi)接入点(access point，AP)等。在一种网络结构中，网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit，CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit，DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备。
在一些部署中，基站或传输点还可以包括射频单元(radio unit，RU)。CU实现gNB或传输点的部分功能，DU实现gNB或传输点的部分功能，比如，CU实现无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)，分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层的功能，DU实现无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)和物理(physical，PHY)层的功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息，或者，由PHY层的信息转变而来，因而，在这种架构下，高层信令，如RRC层信令或PHCP层信令，也可以认为是由DU发送的，或者，由DU+RU发送的。可以理解的是，网络设备可以为CU节点、或DU节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的设备。此外，CU可以划分为接入网RAN中的网络设备，也可以将CU划分为核心网CN中的网络设备，在此不做限制。
3)、“多个”是指两个或两个以上，其它量词与之类似。在本申请实施例中，终端设备或接入网设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层，以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit，MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统，例如，Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且，本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序，以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可。
另外，本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如，计算机可读介质可以包括，但不限于:磁存储器件(例如，硬盘、软盘或磁带等)，光盘(例如，压缩盘(compact disc，CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc，DVD)等)，智能卡和闪存器件(例如，可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory，EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外，本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于，无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。
图1示出了一个基本的5G系统架构示意图。如图1所示，该架构包括：接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)、会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)、无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)、统一数据管理(unified data management，UDM)、策略控制功能(policy control function，PCF)、数据网络(data network，DN)、用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)、UE、应用功能 (application function，AF)、网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function，NSSF)、认证服务器功能(authentication server function，AUSF)。可选地，该架构还包括(图1中未示出)能力开放功能(network exposure function，NEF)、网络存储功能(NF repository function，NRF)、统一数据存储(unified data repository，UDR)。
其中，各网元主要功能描述如下：
AF：可以理解为应用功能网元在5G架构中的命名。其中，应用功能网元主要传递应用侧对网络侧的需求，例如，服务质量(quality of service，QoS)需求等。AF可以是第三方功能实体，也可以是运营商部署的应用服务，如IP多媒体子系统(IP Multimedia Subsystem，IMS)语音呼叫业务。
UDM：可以理解为统一数据管理网元在5G架构中的命名。其中，统一数据管理网元主要包括以下功能：统一数据管理，支持3GPP认证和密钥协商机制中的认证信任状处理，用户身份处理，接入授权，注册和移动性管理，签约管理，短消息管理等。
UDR：可以理解为统一数据存储网元在5G架构中的命名。其中，统一数据存储网元主要包括以下功能：签约数据、策略数据、应用数据等类型数据的存取功能。
PCF：可以理解为策略控制功能网元在5G架构中的命名。其中，策略控制功能网元主要负责针对会话、业务流级别进行计费、QoS带宽保障及移动性管理、UE策略决策等策略控制功能。该系统中，AMF与SMF所连接的PCF分别是接入和移动控制PCF(PCF for access and mobility control，AM PCF)和会话管理PCF(PCF for session management，SM PCF)，在实际部署中AM PCF和SM PCF可能不是同一个PCF实体。
SMF：可以理解为会话管理网元在5G架构中的命名。其中，会话管理网元主要进行会话管理、PCF下发控制策略的执行、UPF的选择、UE IP地址分配等功能。
AMF可以理解为移动性管理网元在5G架构中的命名。其中，移动性管理网元主要包括以下功能：连接管理、移动性管理、注册管理、接入认证和授权、可达性管理、安全上下文管理等接入和移动性相关的功能。
UPF可以理解为用户面功能网元在5G架构中的命名。其中，用户面功能网元主要包括以下功能：数据包路由和传输、包检测、业务用量上报、QoS处理、合法监听、上行包检测、下行数据包存储等用户面相关的功能。
(R)AN：(无线)接入网，对应5G中的不同接入网，如有线接入、无线基站接入等多种方式。
NSSF可以理解为网络切片选择功能网元在5G架构中的命名。其中，网络切片选择功能网元主要包括以下功能：为UE选择一组网络切片实例、确定允许的NSSAI和确定可以服务UE的AMF集等。
AUSF可以理解为认证服务器功能网元在5G架构中的命名。其中，认证服务器功能网元主要包括以下功能：认证服务器功能，与统一数据管理网元交互获取用户信息，并执行认证相关的功能，如生成中间密钥等。
NEF可以理解为能力开放网元在5G架构中的命名。其中，能力开放网元主要包括以下功能：安全的开放3GPP网络功能提供的业务和能力，有内部开放，或者开放给第三方等；转化或翻译与AF交互的信息和内部网络功能交互的信息，如AF服务标识和内部5G核心网信息如数据网络名(data network name，DNN)，单网络切片选择辅助信息(single  network slice selection assistance information，S-NSSAI)等。
NRF可以理解为网络存储功能网元在5G架构中的命名。其中，网络存储功能网元主要包括以下功能：服务发现功能，维护可用的网络功能(network function，NF)实例的NF文本以及他们支持的服务。
其中，各接口功能描述如下：
N7：PCF与SMF之间的接口，用于下发PDU会话粒度以及业务数据流粒度控制策略。
N15：PCF与AMF之间的接口，用于下发UE策略及接入控制相关策略。
N5：AF与PCF之间的接口，用于应用业务请求下发以及网络事件上报。
N4：SMF与UPF之间的接口，用于控制面与用户面之间传递信息，包括控制面向用户面的转发规则、QoS控制规则、流量统计规则等的下发以及用户面的信息上报。
N11：SMF与AMF之间的接口，用于传递RAN和UPF之间的PDU会话隧道信息、传递发送给UE的控制消息、传递发送给RAN的无线资源控制信息等。
N2：AMF与RAN之间的接口，用于传递核心网侧至RAN的无线承载控制信息等。
N1：AMF与UE之间的接口，接入无关，用于向UE传递QoS控制规则等。
N8：AMF与UDM间的接口，用于AMF向UDM获取接入与移动性管理相关签约数据与鉴权数据，以及AMF向UDM注册UE当前移动性管理相关信息等。
N10：SMF与UDM间的接口，用于SMF向UDM获取会话管理相关签约数据，以及SMF向UDM注册UE当前会话相关信息等。
N12：AMF与AUSF间的接口，用于AMF向AUSF获取UE的认证参数和安全秘钥等。
N22：AMF与NSSF间的接口，用于AMF向NSSF获取UE所被允许使用的网络切片选择辅助信息NSSAI。
N35(图1中未示出)：UDM与UDR间的接口，用于UDM从UDR中获取用户签约数据信息。
N36(图1中未示出)：PCF与UDR间的接口，用于PCF从UDR中获取策略相关签约数据以及应用数据相关信息。
N3：RAN与UPF间的接口，用于在RAN与UPF间传递用户面数据。
N6：UPF与DN连接间的接口，用于在UPF与DN间传递用户面数据。
N9：UPF与UPF间的接口，如拜访地策略控制功能(visited-policy control function，V-PCF)与归属地策略控制功能(home-policy control function，H-PCF)间的接口，或是与DN相连的UPF与RAN相连的UPF间的接口，用于在UPF间传递用户面数据。
可以理解，这里只是以图1中的架构为例进行描述，并不对本申请实施例构成限定。
在当前MUSIM通信场景中，终端设备可以存在多个卡槽，且终端用户也存在同时持有多个USIMs的需求，用于联系不同的用户群体，或者用于针对不同的通信业务；而且未来的企业场景对一个终端支持多个USIMs存在较强需求。终端设备中的多通用用户识别模块MUSIM中的不同USIM可以属于同一个MNO，也可以属于不同的MNO，对此不作限定。
终端设备存在不同的通信能力，比如，单收单发single Rx/single Tx UE，双收单发 dual Rx/single Tx UE，双收双发dual Rx/dual Tx UE。
其中，single Rx/single Tx UE只能实现相同时间接收一个PLMN网络的信号，因此可能会出现寻呼时刻冲突(paging occasion collision)的问题；dual Rx/single Tx UE通过为每个USIM分配一个Rx能力，实现了相同时间接收两个网络的信号，不会出现paging collision的问题，但由于只有1Tx能力，不支持上行同时与两个系统进行通信，因此不能保持两个网络的RRC连接，故对于1Tx能力的终端设备，当其中一个USIM处于连接态正在进行业务，而另一个USIM存在下行业务触发的寻呼时，终端设备无法决定是继续进行当前USIM的业务或转而进行另一个USIM的业务。
在当前MUSIM通信场景中，为避免上述问题，网络为终端设备一直开启MUSIM特性(包括MUSIM寻呼增强特性和/或MUSIM寻呼时刻冲突避免特性)，这样会消耗额外的网络资源。本申请提供了一种通信方法以及通信装置，能够实现灵活开启MUSIM特性，无需一直开启MUSIM特性，从而避免了网络资源不必要的浪费。
这里作统一说明，本申请出现的“开启或关闭”也可以替换为“激活或去激活”，或者，也可以理解为“使用或不使用”，对此不作具体限定。
下面描述终端设备决定开启或关闭MUSIM特性的相关实施例。
需要说明的是，对于终端设备发送第一指示信息给AMF，由于只有在连接态，终端设备才能将第一指示信息发送给AMF。因此，以终端设备包括USIM1和USIM2为例，当USIM1或USIM2处于空闲态，但需要发送第一指示信息给其AMF时，终端设备的USIM1或USIM2需要先转为连接态后再将所述第一指示信息发送给其AMF。此时，终端设备应认为这是为了上报第一指示信息导致的暂时状态，而不会认为这需要做由于状态变化而导致的MUSIM特性的开关的判断和上报操作。例如，USIM1是空闲态，USIM2是空闲态或从连接态转为空闲态，则终端设备判断需要开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，终端设备选择向USIM2的AMF发送第一指示信息，指示开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。此时，USIM2转为连接态并向USIM2的AMF发送第一指示，之后转为空闲态；那么，终端设备不会认为由于USIM2上报第一指示信息而进入连接态，而判断由于USIM2为连接态，需要关闭冲突避免功能。
需要说明的是，对于终端设备发送第一指示信息给AMF，存在两种方式：1、终端设备可以，在USIM1或USIM2处于空闲态后，但需要发送第一指示信息给其AMF时，终端设备的USIM1或USIM2先转为连接态再将所述第一指示信息发送给其AMF，然后转为空闲态；2、终端设备也可以，在USIM1或USIM2进入空闲态之前，发送第一指示信息给其AMF，然后转为空闲态，这样可以避免USIM1或USIM2进入空闲态后又再次转为连接态以发送第一指示信息给其AMF。对于终端设备发送第一指示信息给AMF的方式不作具体限定。
图2示出了根据本申请实施例的通信方法200的示意性图。应理解，图2中的交互流程中的收发内容可以携带于现有标准中的消息进行收发，消息的具体含义可以参考标准中的描述，或者，也可以通过新定义的消息进行收发，对此不作限定。如图2所示，方法200包括：
S210，终端设备根据多个通用用户识别模块USIM的状态确定第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功 能，所述终端设备包括所述多个USIM。
可选地，所述寻呼增强功能用于将触发寻呼的业务信息指示给所述终端设备或者根据触发寻呼的业务信息对所述终端的寻呼进行过滤。
这里作统一说明，寻呼增强功能也可以称作MUSIM寻呼增强特性。可选地，寻呼增强功能可以为：用于根据触发寻呼的业务信息对终端设备的寻呼进行过滤。AMF根据终端设备(例如USIM1)上报的业务信息，以及触发寻呼的业务信息，判断是否向终端设备发送寻呼或通过NAS消息或用户数据面发送下行业务信息给终端设备。示例性地，终端设备上报的业务信息是白名单列表，则如果触发寻呼的业务信息在白名单列表中，AMF向终端设备发送寻呼，或通过NAS消息或用户数据面发送下行业务信息给终端设备，否则不发送；终端设备上报的业务信息是黑名单列表，则如果触发寻呼的业务信息在黑名单列表中，AMF不向终端设备发送寻呼，或不通过NAS消息或用户数据面发送下行业务信息给终端设备，否则发送。可选地，寻呼增强功能还可以为：CN核心网获取USIM1下行业务信息，并通过寻呼消息或NAS消息或用户面数据向终端设备通知该下行业务信息，然后终端设备根据USIM1的下行业务信息决定是否继续进行当前USIM2的业务或转而进行USIM1的业务。其中，在终端设备收到USIM1的下行业务信息之前，USIM2处于连接态。
这里作统一说明，寻呼时刻冲突避免功能也可以称作MUSIM寻呼时刻冲突避免特性。寻呼时刻冲突避免功能用于避免终端设备的USIM之间的寻呼时刻发生冲突。示例性地，当下行数据或信令触发寻呼时，AMF或RAN增加寻呼USIM的尝试次数，和/或，拉长每两次寻呼尝试之间的寻呼间隔；又例如，RAN生成(或计算)寻呼时刻的增强，比如，为终端设备的其中一个USIM在一个寻呼周期里(比如，DRX周期)准备两个寻呼时刻，或为终端设备的其中一个USIM在连续两个寻呼周期里(比如，DRX周期)的寻呼时刻寻呼该USIM，或随机化其中一个USIM的寻呼时刻，或为终端设备的其中一个USIM设置寻呼时刻偏移量，等等。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：
所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示开启寻呼增强功能且关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能且开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
S220，终端设备向接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送第一指示信息。对应的，AMF接收所述第一指示信息。
S230，第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，AMF根据所述第一指示信息，开启或关闭寻呼增强功能；和/或，所述第一指示信息用于开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，AMF根据所述第一指示信息，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备自己决定开启还是关闭MUSIM寻呼特性，并通过第一指示信息告知给AMF，以便于AMF基于第一指示信息指示的内容进行相应的操作，能够实现灵活开启MUSIM寻呼特性，有助于节省网络资源。
USIM的状态包括连接态(Connected)、空闲态或非激活态(IDLE/Inactive)；或者 说，连接管理连接态(CM-Connected)、连接管理空闲态或无线资源控制非激活态(CM-IDLE/RRC-Inactive)；或者说，无线资源控连接态(RRC-Connected)、无线资源控空闲态或无线资源控制非激活态(RRC-IDLE/RRC-Inactive)。下文以USIM的状态包括连接态(Connected)、空闲态或非激活态进行描述。终端设备根据多个USIM的状态，可以决定是否需要开启MUSIM寻呼特性。下面将分别描述。
对于寻呼增强功能的情形，终端设备通过监测多个USIM的状态，可以根据多个USIM的状态，决定开启或关闭寻呼增强功能。可选地，“多个USIM的状态”隐含包括了终端设备的多卡数量信息。
(1)一种可能的实现方式，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述开启寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态；其中，所述终端设备向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：所述终端设备向所述第二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。第二USIM可以理解为当前USIM。
示例性地，假设终端设备通信能力为1Tx/1Rx或1Tx/2Rx，以两个USIM为例，若第一USIM为连接态，第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，则终端设备为第二USIM设置开启寻呼增强功能，并向AMF发送第一指示信息。
对于AMF而言，AMF在收到第一指示信息后，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启寻呼增强功能，AMF可以向SMF发送订阅请求，以便于订阅寻呼增强功能。可选地，所述方法200还包括：S240，AMF向会话管理功能SMF发送订阅请求，所述订阅请求用于订阅所述寻呼增强功能。这里，为了使能开启寻呼增强功能，可以预先在SMF服务中增加寻呼增强功能，即增加寻呼增强功能的订阅，以便于在AMF基于第一指示信息开启寻呼增强功能时，能够向SMF订阅寻呼增强功能。
SMF接收来自AMF的订阅请求，并根据订阅请求开启寻呼增强功能；SMF向AMF发送订阅响应消息，以响应所述订阅请求。
可选地，SMF根据订阅请求开启寻呼增强功能，包括：所述SMF获取下行数据或信令的寻呼指示，所述寻呼指示可以指示控制面会话管理SM信令、IMS语音、IMS短信、非IMS语音非IMS短信的其它IMS业务、非IMS业务、应用ID等。
可选地，所述SMF获取下行数据或信令的寻呼指示，包括：所述SMF根据下行数据或信令生成寻呼指示；或者，SMF指示UPF根据下行数据生成寻呼指示。
或者，对于AMF而言，AMF在收到第一指示信息后，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启寻呼增强功能，AMF还可以向SMF发送通知，以便于通知SMF开启寻呼增强功能，例如当下行数据到达时，SMF无需获取下行数据的业务信息并发送给AMF。可选地，所述方法200还包括：S250，AMF向会话管理功能SMF发送第一通知消息，所述第一通知消息用于向所述SMF通知开启所述寻呼增强功能。这里，AMF可以向SMF通知开启寻呼增强功能。这里，为了使能开启寻呼增强功能，可以预先在AMF服务中增加寻呼增强功能，即增加寻呼增强功能的订阅，以便于在AMF通知SMF开启寻呼增强功能时，SMF能够开启寻呼增强功能，即向AMF订阅寻呼增强功能。
SMF接收来自AMF的第一通知消息，并根据第一通知消息开启寻呼增强功能；SMF向AMF发送第一通知响应消息，以响应所述第一通知消息。
可选地，SMF根据第一通知消息开启寻呼增强功能，包括：所述SMF获取下行数据或信令的寻呼指示，所述寻呼指示可以指示控制面会话管理SM信令、IMS语音、IMS短信、非IMS语音非IMS短信的其它IMS业务、非IMS业务、应用ID等。
可选地，所述SMF获取下行数据或信令的寻呼指示，包括：所述SMF根据下行数据或信令生成寻呼指示；或者，SMF指示UPF根据下行数据生成寻呼指示。
可选地，AMF可以向终端设备发送针对第一指示信息的响应消息。
(2)可选地，对于寻呼增强功能，本申请实施例中的第一指示信息也可以是由USIM的状态转换触发的。“状态转换”包括：从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，或者，从空闲态或非激活态转为连接态等等。也就是说，当多个USIM中一个或多个USIM的状态发生转换时，终端设备确定第一指示信息。
一种可能的实现方式，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态；其中，S220包括：所述终端设备向第二USIM对应的接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
也就是说，如果第一USIM为连接态，第二USIM发生了状态转换，由连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，那么终端设备可以向第二USIM的AMF发送第一指示信息，用以指示开启寻呼增强功能。
可以理解，这里只是以第二USIM的状态发生转换为例进行说明，但本申请并不限于此，如果第一USIM的状态发生转换，本申请仍然适用。
关于AMF和SMF的行为可以参考(1)中的描述，在(2)中，AMF是指第二USIM的AMF；SMF是指第二USIM的SMF。
(3)另一种可能的实现方式，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态；其中，所述终端设备向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：所述终端设备向第一USIM对应的AMF和/或所述第二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。第二USIM可以理解为当前USIM。
也就是说，假设终端设备通信能力为1Tx/1Rx或1Tx/2Rx，以两个USIM为例，若第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，则终端设备为第二USIM设置关闭寻呼增强功能，并向AMF发送第一指示信息。
对于AMF而言，AMF在收到第一指示信息后，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能，AMF还可以向SMF发送去订阅请求，以便于去订阅寻呼增强功能。可选地，所述方法200还包括：S240，AMF向会话管理功能SMF发送去订阅请求，所述去订阅请求用于取消订阅所述寻呼增强功能。这里，为了使能关闭寻呼增强功能，可以预先在SMF服务中增加寻呼增强功能，即增加寻呼增强功能的订阅，以便于在AMF基于第一指示信息关闭寻呼增强功能时，能够向SMF去订阅寻呼增强功能。
SMF接收来自AMF的去订阅请求，并根据去订阅请求关闭寻呼增强功能；SMF向AMF发送去订阅响应消息，以响应所述去订阅请求。
可选地，SMF根据去订阅请求关闭寻呼增强功能，包括：所述SMF不获取下行数据或信令的寻呼指示，所述寻呼指示可以指示控制面会话管理SM信令、IMS语音、IMS短 信、非IMS语音非IMS短信的其它IMS业务、非IMS业务、应用ID等。
可选地，所述SMF不获取下行数据或信令的寻呼指示，包括：所述SMF不生成寻呼指示；或者，SMF不指示UPF根据下行数据生成寻呼指示。
或者，对于AMF而言，AMF在收到第一指示信息后，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能，AMF还可以向SMF发送通知，以便于通知SMF关闭寻呼增强功能。例如当下行数据到达时，SMF无需获取下行数据的业务信息并发送给AMF。可选地，所述方法200还包括：S250，AMF向会话管理功能SMF发送第二通知消息，所述第二通知消息用于向所述SMF通知关闭所述寻呼增强功能。这里，AMF可以向SMF通知关闭寻呼增强功能。这里，为了使能关闭寻呼增强功能，可以预先在AMF服务中增加寻呼增强功能，即增加寻呼增强功能的订阅，以便于在AMF通知SMF关闭寻呼增强功能时，SMF能够关闭寻呼增强功能，即向AMF去订阅寻呼增强功能。
SMF接收来自AMF的第二通知消息，并根据第二通知消息关闭寻呼增强功能；SMF向AMF发送第二通知响应消息，以响应所述第二通知消息。
可选地，SMF根据第二通知消息关闭寻呼增强功能，包括：所述SMF不获取下行数据或信令的寻呼指示，所述寻呼指示可以指示控制面会话管理SM信令、IMS语音、IMS短信、非IMS语音非IMS短信的其它IMS业务、非IMS业务、应用ID等。
可选地，所述SMF不获取下行数据或信令的寻呼指示，包括：所述SMF不生成寻呼指示；或者，SMF不指示UPF根据下行数据生成寻呼指示。
其中，可替换的，上述寻呼指示可以为业务指示或业务信息等。
可选地，AMF可以向终端设备发送针对第一指示信息的响应消息。
可选地，对于寻呼增强功能，本申请实施例中的第一指示信息也可以是由USIM的状态转换触发的。“状态转换”包括：从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，或者，从空闲态或非激活态转为连接态等等。
(4)一种可能的实现方式，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态；其中，S220包括：所述终端设备向第二USIM的接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
也就是说，如果第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，第二USIM发生了状态转换，由连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，那么终端设备可以向第二USIM的AMF发送第一指示信息，用以指示关闭寻呼增强功能。
可以理解，这里只是以第二USIM的状态发生转换为例进行说明，但本申请并不限于此，如果第一USIM的状态发生转换，本申请仍然适用。
关于AMF和SMF的行为可以参考(3)中的描述，在(4)中，AMF是指第二USIM的AMF；SMF是指第二USIM的SMF。
又一种可能的实现方式，如果终端设备为单USIM，则终端设备可以关闭寻呼增强功能，并向AMF发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能。
对于寻呼时刻冲突避免功能的情形，终端设备通过监测多个USIM的状态，可以根据多个USIM的状态，决定开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。可选地，“多个USIM的状态”隐含包括了终端设备的多卡数量信息。可选地，终端设备还可以考虑USIM的寻呼时 刻，决定开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
(5)一种可能的实现方式，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同或者说重叠；其中，所述终端设备向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：所述终端设备向第一USIM对应的AMF或第二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
示例性地，假设终端设备通信能力为1Tx/1Rx，以两个USIM为例，若第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，且两个USIM的寻呼时刻相同，则终端设备为第一USIM或第二USIM设置开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，并向第一USIM的AMF或第二USIM的AMF发送第一指示信息。
对于AMF而言，AMF在收到第一指示信息后，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。所述AMF开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：所述AMF基于第一尝试次数和/或第一寻呼间隔进行寻呼处理，其中，所述第一尝试次数大于第二尝试次数，所述第一寻呼间隔大于第二寻呼间隔，所述第二尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数，所述第二寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼间隔。
也就是说，AMF可以通过增大尝试次数，和/或，增大寻呼间隔的方式来避免第一USIM的寻呼时刻与第二USIM的寻呼时刻发生冲突。
可选地，所述AMF开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：所述AMF向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。也就是说，AMF可以将开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能的指示告知给接入网设备，以便于接入网设备增强寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。比如，接入网设备可以为某个USIM在一个寻呼周期里准备两个寻呼时刻时刻，或为终端设备的其中一个USIM在连续两个寻呼周期里(比如，DRX周期)的寻呼时刻寻呼该USIM，或随机化其中一个USIM的寻呼时刻，或为终端设备的其中一个USIM设置寻呼时刻偏移量，等等。
可选地，对于寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，本申请实施例中的第一指示信息也可以是由USIM的状态转换触发的。“状态转换”包括：从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，或者，从空闲态或非激活态转为连接态等等。
(6)一种可能的实现方式，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同；其中，S220包括：所述终端设备向第一USIM对应的AMF或第二USIM对应的接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
也就是说，如果第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，第二USIM发生了状态转换，由连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同，那么终端设备可以向第二USIM的AMF发送第一指示信息，用以指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
可以理解，这里只是以第二USIM的状态发生转换为例进行说明，但本申请并不限于 此，如果第一USIM的状态发生转换，本申请仍然适用。
关于AMF和SMF的行为可以参考(5)中的描述，在(6)中，AMF是指第一USIM或第二USIM的AMF。
(7)另一种可能的实现方式，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态；其中，所述终端设备向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：所述终端设备向第一USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
示例性地，假设终端设备通信能力为1Tx/1Rx，以两个USIM为例，若第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，第二USIM为连接态，则终端设备为第二USIM设置关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，并向AMF发送第一指示信息。
对于AMF而言，AMF在收到第一指示信息后，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。可选地，所述AMF关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：
所述AMF基于第二尝试次数和/或第二寻呼间隔进行寻呼处理，其中，所述第二尝试次数小于第一尝试次数，所述第二寻呼间隔小于第一寻呼间隔，所述第二尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数，所述第二寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼间隔，所述第一尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能后所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数，所述第一寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能后所述终端设备的寻呼间隔。
也就是说，AMF需要做额外的处理(比如增大尝试次数，和/或，增大寻呼间隔)，即按照终端设备正常的寻呼处理即可。
可选地，所述AMF关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：所述AMF向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。也就是说，AMF可以将关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能的指示告知给接入网设备，以便于接入网设备无需增强寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
可选地，对于寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，本申请实施例中的第一指示信息也可以是由USIM的状态转换触发的。“状态转换”包括：从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，或者，从空闲态或非激活态转为连接态等等。
(8)一种可能的实现方式，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为从空闲态或非激活态转为连接态；其中，S220包括：所述终端设备向第一USIM的移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
也就是说，如果第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，第二USIM发生了状态转换，由空闲态或非激活态转为连接态，那么终端设备可以向第一USIM的AMF发送第一指示信息，用以指示关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
可以理解，这里只是以第二USIM的状态发生转换为例进行说明，但本申请并不限于此，如果第一USIM的状态发生转换，本申请仍然适用。
关于AMF和SMF的行为可以参考(7)中的描述，在(8)中，AMF是指第一USIM的AMF。
又一种可能的实现方式，如果终端设备为单USIM，则终端设备可以关闭寻呼时刻冲 突避免功能，并向AMF发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
根据两个USIM的状态，寻呼时刻冲突避免功能和寻呼增强功能是互斥的，那么，实际上一个指示信息可以指示开启其中一个特性且关闭另一个特性。下面将详细描述。
可选地，第一指示信息可以指示开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且关闭所述寻呼增强功能，或者指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且开启所述寻呼增强功能。
(9)在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，其中，S220包括：所述终端设备向第一USIM或第二USIM的接入和移动性管理功能对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
可选地，所述第一指示用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，所述终端设备向第二USIM的接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
(10)在另一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且开启所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态，其中，S220包括：所述终端设备向第一USIM的接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
可选地，所述第一指示用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且开启所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为从空闲态或非激活态转为连接态，所述终端设备向第一USIM对应的接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
为了便于理解，下面结合图3中的示例进行描述。为了便于描述，图3中引入了第一功能。假设第一功能包括MUSIM寻呼增强特性(或称作寻呼增强功能)，如图3所示，该流程包括以下步骤：
301，协商第一功能。
以第一功能包括MUSIM寻呼增强特性(或称作寻呼增强功能)为例，对于存在MUSIM能力的终端设备，UE(例如USIM1)、AMF、SMF以及UPF协商了MUSIM寻呼增强特性，即下行业务触发的寻呼增强，一种可选的寻呼增强功能具体可以包括：SMF/UPF，或AMF，检测USIM1的下行数据或信令以获取相应的业务信息，例如业务类型(service type)，AMF将业务信息包含在寻呼消息中发送给RAN节点；RAN节点再进一步地将业务信息包含在paging消息中指示给UE；或者，AMF通过NAS消息或用户面数据通知UE该下行业务信息，以使得UE可以根据USIM1的下行业务信息决定是否继续进行当前处于连接态的USIM(例如USIM2)的业务，或转而进行USIM1的业务。其中，在UE收到USIM1的下行业务信息之前，USIM2处于连接态。
另一种可选的寻呼增强具体可以包括：用于根据触发寻呼的业务信息对终端设备的寻呼进行过滤。UE上报USIM想要的业务信息给AMF，例如通过注册流程或服务请求流程，AMF存储该业务信息。当处于空闲态的USIM存在下行业务时，AMF根据业务信息以及 下行业务的业务信息，判断是否向终端设备发送寻呼或通过NAS消息或用户数据面发送下行业务信息给UE。示例性地，终端设备上报的业务信息是白名单列表，则如果触发寻呼的业务信息在白名单列表中，AMF向终端设备发送寻呼，或通过NAS消息或用户数据面发送下行业务信息给UE，否则不发送；终端设备上报的业务信息是黑名单列表，则如果触发寻呼的业务信息在黑名单列表中，AMF不向终端设备发送寻呼，或不通过NAS消息或用户数据面发送下行业务信息给UE，否则发送。
可选地，302，新增订阅MUSIM寻呼增强特性服务。
在MUSIM寻呼增强特性协商完成之后，为了能够灵活动态地开关相应的MUSIM特性，AMF与SMF之间进行MUSIM特性的订阅，可以新增两种服务：
选项1：SMF服务增加MUSIM特性订阅。这样，当AMF判断MUSIM开或关发生转换时，可以向SMF订阅或取消订阅AMF的MUSIM服务。
302a，AMF向SMF发送订阅请求，以订阅服务，使能上述MUSIM寻呼增强特性；302b，SMF向AMF发送订阅响应。
选项2：AMF服务增加MUSIM寻呼增强特性订阅。302a，SMF向AMF发送订阅请求，以订阅MUSIM寻呼增强特性，即当需要为MUSIM UE开启或关闭寻呼增强特性时，通知给SMF，以使得SMF决定是否需要根据下行数据获取paging cause；302b，AMF向SMF发送订阅响应。这样，当AMF判断MUSIM开或关发生转换时，可以通知给SMF。
303，UE根据多个USIM的状态确定第一指示信息。
示例性地，UE根据UE多卡能力、多卡数量、和多卡状态的至少一个，决定是否需要网络开启MUSIM寻呼增强特性。第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭MUSIM寻呼增强特性。
这里，UE如何确定第一指示信息可以参考前文的描述，这里不作赘述。
304，UE向AMF发送第一指示信息。
示例性地，UE向AMF发送请求消息，请求消息中携带MUSIM寻呼增强特性开/关指示信息，即第一指示信息。可选地，该请求消息可以为注册请求或服务请求消息，或者可以是UE(USIM)进入连接态后的UL NAS transport消息或其它NAS消息。
305，AMF根据第一指示信息，开启或关闭第一功能。
示例性地，AMF根据第一指示信息，确定需要开关MUSIM寻呼增强特性，以及需要联系的SMF网元。其中，可以通知给该USIM的已建立的所有PDU会话的对应SMF，也可以只通知给该USIM的已建立的部分PDU会话的对应SMF(例如只为特定的NSSAI和/或DN开启MUSIM寻呼增强特性)。
由于MUSIM寻呼增强特性的开/关发送转变，AMF需要通知给SMF。
可选地，对应302中的选项1：306a，AMF向SMF发送去订阅请求；306b，SMF向AMF发送去订阅响应。
可选地，对应302中的选项2：306a，AMF向SMF发送通知消息；306b，SMF向AMF发送通知响应。
307，AMF向UE返回响应消息。
下面以第一功能包括MUSIM寻呼冲突避免特性为例进行描述。如图3所示，包括以下步骤：
301，协商第一功能。
以第一功能包括MUSIM寻呼冲突避免特性(或称作寻呼时刻冲突避免功能)为例，UE与AMF协商了MUSIM寻呼冲突避免特性，即下行业务触发寻呼时，可以进行如下操作：例如，寻呼策略增强，当下行数据或信令触发寻呼时，AMF或RAN增加寻呼UE(即USIM)的尝试次数和拉长每两次寻呼之间的寻呼间隔；又例如，AMF在寻呼消息中指示寻呼冲突特性避免给RAN，以使得RAN生成(或者计算)PO的增强，例如为UE的其中一个USIM在一个寻呼周期里(DRX周期里)准备两个PO，或为终端设备的其中一个USIM在连续两个寻呼周期里(比如，DRX周期)的寻呼时刻寻呼该USIM，或随机化其中一个USIM的寻呼时刻，或为终端设备的其中一个USIM设置寻呼时刻偏移量，等等。。
303，UE根据多个USIM的状态确定第一指示信息。
示例性地，UE根据两个USIM的状态、以及两个USIM当前的PO(UE在不同cell的PO可能都是不同的)是否相同，决定是否需要网络开启MUSIM寻呼冲突避免特性。
这里，UE如何确定第一指示信息可以参考前文的描述，这里不作赘述。
304，UE向AMF发送第一指示信息。
示例性地，UE向AMF发送请求消息，请求消息中携带MUSIM寻呼冲突避免特性的开/关指示信息，即第一指示信息。可选地，该请求消息可以为注册请求或服务请求消息，或者可以是UE(USIM)进入连接态后的UL NAS transport消息或其它NAS消息。
305，AMF根据第一指示信息，开启或关闭第一功能。
示例性地，AMF根据第一指示信息，确定需要关闭MUSIM寻呼时刻冲突避免特性，则在接下来由于下行数据或信令导致触发UE寻呼时，AMF进行如下操作：不进行寻呼策略增强，即按照普通UE的寻呼处理；或者，在寻呼消息中不指示寻呼冲突避免给RAN。
示例性地，AMF根据第一指示信息，确定需要开启MUSIM寻呼时刻冲突避免特性，则在接下来由于下行数据或信令导致触发UE寻呼时，AMF进行如下操作：进行寻呼策略增强；可选地，还可以在在寻呼消息中指示寻呼冲突避免给RAN。
307，AMF向UE返回响应消息。
可以理解，第一指示信息的各种可能的实现方式对于图3的流程均是适用的，上面图3中只是以部分实现方式为例进行描述。事实上，未列举出来的第一指示信息的实现方式也适用于图3，比如，在图3中，第一指示信息指示了开启寻呼增强功能且关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，或者，第一指示信息指示了关闭寻呼增强功能且开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
上文描述了终端设备自己决定开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能的实施例，下面将描述由AMF决定开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能的实施例。
图4示出了根据本申请实施例的通信方法400的示意性图。应理解，图4中的交互流程中的收发内容可以携带于现有标准中的消息进行收发，消息的具体含义可以参考标准中的描述，或者，也可以通过新定义的消息进行收发，对此不作限定。如图4所示，方法400包括：
S410，终端设备向接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送多个USIM的状态，所述终端设备包括所述多个USIM，所述多个USIM的状态用于第二指示信息的确定。
S420，AMF根据多个USIM的状态，确定第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，所述终端设备包括所述多个USIM。
可选地，所述寻呼增强功能用于将触发寻呼的业务信息指示给所述终端设备或者根据触发寻呼的业务信息对所述终端的寻呼进行过滤。
寻呼增强功能与寻呼时刻冲突避免功能的描述可以参考方法200中的描述，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：
所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能；或，
所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第二指示信息用于指示开启寻呼增强功能且关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能且开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
S430，AMF向所述终端设备发送所述第二指示信息。所述终端设备接收来自所述AMF的所述第二指示信息。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备通过向AMF发送多个USIM的状态，以使得AMF决定开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。AMF通过第二指示信息告知给终端设备，能够实现灵活开启MUSIM特性，有助于节省网络资源。
USIM的状态可以参考方法200中的描述，为了简洁，这里不作赘述。AMF根据多个USIM的状态，可以决定是否需要开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。下面将分别描述。
对于寻呼增强功能的情形，终端设备通过监测多个USIM的状态，并将多个USIM的状态上报给AMF。AMF根据多个SUIM的状态，决定开启或关闭寻呼增强功能。可选地，“多个USIM的状态”隐含包括了终端设备的多卡数量信息。
(1)一种可能的实现方式，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述开启寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态。第二USIM可以理解为当前USIM。
示例性地，假设终端设备通信能力为1Tx/1Rx或1Tx/2Rx，以两个USIM为例，若第一USIM为连接态，第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，则AMF为第二USIM设置开启寻呼增强功能，并向终端设备发送第二指示信息。
对于AMF而言，AMF在确定第二指示信息后，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启寻呼增强功能，AMF还可以向SMF发送订阅请求，以便于订阅寻呼增强功能。可选地，所述方法400还包括：AMF向会话管理功能SMF发送订阅请求，所述订阅请求用于订阅所述寻呼增强功能。这里，为了使能开启寻呼增强功能，可以预先在SMF服务中增加寻呼增强功能，即增加寻呼增强功能的订阅，以便于在AMF确定开启寻呼增强功能时，能够向SMF订阅寻呼增强功能。
SMF接收来自AMF的订阅请求，并根据订阅请求开启寻呼增强功能；SMF向AMF发送订阅响应消息，以响应所述订阅请求。
可选地，SMF根据订阅请求开启寻呼增强功能，包括：所述SMF获取下行数据或信 令的寻呼指示，所述寻呼指示可以指示控制面会话管理SM信令、IMS语音、IMS短信、非IMS语音非IMS短信的其它IMS业务、非IMS业务、应用ID等。
可选地，所述SMF获取下行数据或信令的寻呼指示，包括：所述SMF根据下行数据或信令生成寻呼指示；或者，SMF指示UPF根据下行数据生成寻呼指示。
或者，对于AMF而言，AMF在确定第二指示信息后，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启寻呼增强功能，AMF还可以向SMF发送通知，以便于通知SMF开启寻呼增强功能。可选地，所述方法400还包括：AMF向会话管理功能SMF发送第一通知消息，所述第一通知消息用于向所述SMF通知开启所述寻呼增强功能。这里，AMF可以向SMF通知开启寻呼增强功能。这里，为了使能开启寻呼增强功能，可以预先在AMF服务中增加寻呼增强功能，即增加寻呼增强功能的订阅，以便于在AMF通知SMF开启寻呼增强功能时，SMF能够开启寻呼增强功能，即向AMF订阅寻呼增强功能。
SMF接收来自AMF的第一通知消息，并根据第一通知消息开启寻呼增强功能；SMF向AMF发送第一通知响应消息，以响应所述第一通知消息。
可选地，SMF根据第一通知消息开启寻呼增强功能，包括：所述SMF获取下行数据或信令的寻呼指示，所述寻呼指示可以指示控制面会话管理SM信令、IMS语音、IMS短信、非IMS语音非IMS短信的其它IMS业务、非IMS业务、应用ID等。
可选地，所述SMF获取下行数据或信令的寻呼指示，包括：所述SMF根据下行数据或信令生成寻呼指示；或者，SMF指示UPF根据下行数据生成寻呼指示。
(2)可选地，对于寻呼增强功能，本申请实施例中的第二指示信息也可以是由USIM的状态转换触发的。“状态转换”包括：从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，或者，从空闲态或非激活态转为连接态等等。也就是说，当多个USIM中一个或多个USIM的状态发生转换时，AMF确定第二指示信息。
一种可能的实现方式，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态；其中，S430包括：所述第二USIM的接入和移动性管理功能AMF向终端设备发送所述第二指示信息。
也就是说，如果第一USIM为连接态，第二USIM发生了状态转换，由连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，那么所述第二USIM的接入和移动性管理功能AMF向终端设备发送所述第二指示信息，用以指示开启寻呼增强功能。
可以理解，这里只是以第二USIM的状态发生转换为例进行说明，但本申请并不限于此，如果第一USIM的状态发生转换，本申请仍然适用。
关于AMF和SMF的行为可以参考(1)中的描述，在(2)中，AMF是指第二USIM的AMF；SMF是指第二USIM的SMF。
(3)另一种可能的实现方式，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态。第二USIM可以理解为当前USIM。
也就是说，假设终端设备通信能力为1Tx/1Rx，以两个USIM为例，若第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，则AMF为第二USIM设置关闭寻呼增强功能，并向终端设备发送第二指示信息。
对于AMF而言，AMF在确定第二指示信息后，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能，AMF还可以向SMF发送去订阅请求，以便于去订阅寻呼增强功能。可选地，所述方法400还包括：AMF向会话管理功能SMF发送去订阅请求，所述去订阅请求用于取消订阅所述寻呼增强功能。这里，为了使能关闭寻呼增强功能，可以预先在SMF服务中增加寻呼增强功能，即增加寻呼增强功能的订阅，以便于在AMF确定关闭寻呼增强功能时，能够向SMF去订阅寻呼增强功能。
SMF接收来自AMF的去订阅请求，并根据去订阅请求关闭寻呼增强功能；SMF向AMF发送去订阅响应消息，以响应所述去订阅请求。
可选地，SMF根据去订阅请求关闭寻呼增强功能，包括：所述SMF不获取下行数据或信令的寻呼指示，所述寻呼指示可以指示控制面会话管理SM信令、IMS语音、IMS短信、非IMS语音非IMS短信的其它IMS业务、非IMS业务、应用ID等。
可选地，所述SMF不获取下行数据或信令的寻呼指示，包括：所述SMF不生成寻呼指示；或者，SMF不指示UPF根据下行数据生成寻呼指示。
其中，可替换的，上述寻呼指示可以为业务指示或业务信息等。
或者，对于AMF而言，AMF在确定第二指示信息后，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能，AMF还可以向SMF发送通知，以便于通知SMF关闭寻呼增强功能。可选地，所述方法400还包括：AMF向会话管理功能SMF发送第二通知消息，所述第二通知消息用于向所述SMF通知关闭所述寻呼增强功能。这里，AMF可以向SMF通知关闭寻呼增强功能。这里，为了使能关闭寻呼增强功能，可以预先在AMF服务中增加寻呼增强功能，即增加寻呼增强功能的订阅，以便于在AMF通知SMF关闭寻呼增强功能时，SMF能够关闭寻呼增强功能，即向AMF去订阅寻呼增强功能。
SMF接收来自AMF的第二通知消息，并根据第二通知消息关闭寻呼增强功能；SMF向AMF发送第二通知响应消息，以响应所述第二通知消息。
可选地，SMF根据第二通知消息关闭寻呼增强功能，包括：所述SMF不获取下行数据或信令的寻呼指示，所述寻呼指示可以指示控制面会话管理SM信令、IMS语音、IMS短信、非IMS语音非IMS短信的其它IMS业务、非IMS业务、应用ID等。
可选地，所述SMF不获取下行数据或信令的寻呼指示，包括：所述SMF不生成寻呼指示；或者，SMF不指示UPF根据下行数据生成寻呼指示。
可选地，对于寻呼增强功能，本申请实施例中的第二指示信息也可以是由USIM的状态转换触发的。“状态转换”包括：从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，或者，从空闲态或非激活态转为连接态等等。
(4)一种可能的实现方式，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态；其中，S430包括：第二USIM的接入和移动性管理功能AMF向终端设备发送所述第二指示信息。
也就是说，如果第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，第二USIM发生了状态转换，由连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，那么第二USIM的AMF向终端设备发送第二指示信息，用以指示关闭寻呼增强功能。
可以理解，这里只是以第二USIM的状态发生转换为例进行说明，但本申请并不限于 此，如果第一USIM的状态发生转换，本申请仍然适用。
关于AMF和SMF的行为可以参考(3)中的描述，在(4)中，AMF是指第二USIM的AMF；SMF是指第二USIM的SMF。
又一种可能的实现方式，如果终端设备为单USIM，则AMF可以关闭寻呼增强功能，并向AMF发送第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能。
对于第一功能包括寻呼时刻冲突避免功能的情形，终端设备通过监测多个USIM的状态，并向AMF发送多个USIM的状态。AMF根据多个USIM的状态，决定开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。可选地，“多个USIM的状态”隐含包括了终端设备的多卡数量信息。可选地，AMF还可以考虑USIM的寻呼时刻，决定开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
(5)一种可能的实现方式，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同。
示例性地，假设终端设备通信能力为1Tx/1Rx，以两个USIM为例，若第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，且两个USIM的寻呼时刻相同，则AMF为第一USIM或第二USIM设置开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，并向终端设备发送第二指示信息。
对于AMF而言，AMF在确定第二指示信息后，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。可选地，所述方法400还包括：所述AMF基于第一尝试次数和/或第一寻呼间隔进行寻呼处理，其中，所述第一尝试次数大于第二尝试次数，所述第一寻呼间隔大于第二寻呼间隔，所述第二尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数，所述第二寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼间隔。
也就是说，AMF可以通过增大尝试次数，和/或，增大寻呼间隔的方式来避免第一USIM的寻呼时刻与第二SUIM的寻呼时刻发生冲突。
可选地，所述方法400还包括：所述AMF向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。也就是说，AMF可以将开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能的指示告知给接入网设备，以便于接入网设备增强寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。比如，接入网设备可以为某个USIM在一个寻呼周期里准备两个寻呼时刻，或为终端设备的其中一个USIM在连续两个寻呼周期里(比如，DRX周期)的寻呼时刻寻呼该USIM，或随机化其中一个USIM的寻呼时刻，或为终端设备的其中一个USIM设置寻呼时刻偏移量，等等。
可选地，对于寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，本申请实施例中的第二指示信息也可以是由USIM的状态转换触发的。“状态转换”包括：从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，或者，从空闲态或非激活态转为连接态等等。
(6)一种可能的实现方式，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时 刻PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同；其中，S430包括：第一USIM或二USIM的接入和移动性管理功能AMF向终端设备发送所述第二指示信息。
也就是说，如果第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，第二USIM发生了状态转换，由连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同，那么第一USIM或二USIM的AMF向终端设备发送第二指示信息，用以指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
可以理解，这里只是以第二USIM的状态发生转换为例进行说明，但本申请并不限于此，如果第一USIM的状态发生转换，本申请仍然适用。
关于AMF和SMF的行为可以参考(5)中的描述，在(6)中，AMF是指第一USIM或第二USIM的AMF。
(7)另一种可能的实现方式，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态。
示例性地，假设终端设备通信能力为1Tx/1Rx或1Tx/2Rx，以两个USIM为例，若第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，第二USIM为连接态，则AMF为第二USIM设置关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，并向终端设备发送第二指示信息。
对于AMF而言，AMF在确定第二指示信息后，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。可选地，所述方法400还包括：所述AMF基于第二尝试次数和/或第二寻呼间隔进行寻呼处理，其中，所述第二尝试次数小于第一尝试次数，所述第二寻呼间隔小于第一寻呼间隔，所述第二尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数，所述第二寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼间隔，所述第一尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能后所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数，所述第一寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能后所述终端设备的寻呼间隔寻呼时刻冲突避免功能寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
也就是说，AMF需要做额外的处理(比如增大尝试次数，和/或，增大寻呼间隔)，即按照终端设备正常的寻呼处理即可。
可选地，所述AMF关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：所述AMF向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。也就是说，AMF可以将关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能的指示告知给接入网设备，以便于接入网设备无需增强寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
可选地，对于寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，本申请实施例中的第二指示信息也可以是由USIM的状态转换触发的。“状态转换”包括：从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，或者，从空闲态或非激活态转为连接态等等。
(8)一种可能的实现方式，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为从空闲态或非激活态转为连接态；其中，S430包括：第一USIM的移动性管理功能AMF向终端设备发送所述第二指示信息。
也就是说，如果第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，第二USIM发生了状态转换，由空闲态或非激活态转为连接态，那么第一USIM的AMF向终端设备发送第二指示信息，用 以指示关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
可以理解，这里只是以第二USIM的状态发生转换为例进行说明，但本申请并不限于此，如果第一USIM的状态发生转换，本申请仍然适用。
关于AMF和SMF的行为可以参考(7)中的描述，在(8)中，AMF是指第一USIM的AMF。
又一种可能的实现方式，如果终端设备为单SUIM，则AMF可以关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，并向终端设备发送第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
根据两个USIM的状态，寻呼时刻冲突避免功能和寻呼增强功能是互斥的，那么，实际上一个指示信息可以指示开启其中一个特性且关闭另一个特性。下面将详细描述。
可选地，第二指示信息可以指示开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且关闭所述寻呼增强功能，或者指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且开启所述寻呼增强功能。
(9)在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，其中，S430包括：第一USIM或第二USIM的接入和移动性管理功能AMF向终端设备发送所述第二指示信息。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为从连接态转为空闲态或非激活态，所述终端设备向第二USIM的接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第二指示信息。
(10)在另一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且开启所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态，其中，S430包括：第一USIM的接入和移动性管理功能AMF向终端设备发送所述第二指示信息。
可选地，所述第一指示用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且开启所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为从空闲态或非激活态转为连接态，所述终端设备向第一USIM的接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第二指示信息。
为了便于理解，下面结合图5中的示例进行描述。假设第一功能包括MUSIM寻呼增强特性(或称作寻呼增强功能)，如图5所示，该流程包括以下步骤：
501，协商第一功能。
以第一功能包括MUSIM寻呼增强特性(或称作寻呼增强功能)为例，对于存在MUSIM能力的终端设备，UE(例如USIM1)、AMF、SMF以及UPF协商了MUSIM寻呼增强特性，即下行业务触发的寻呼增强，具体可以包括：SMF/UPF，或AMF，检测USIM1的下行数据或信令以获取相应的业务信息，比如业务类型(service type)，AMF将业务信息包含在寻呼消息中发送给RAN节点；RAN节点再进一步地将业务信息包含在paging消息中指示给UE；或者，AMF通过NAS消息或用户面数据通知UE该下行业务信息，以使得UE可以根据USIM1的下行业务信息决定是否继续进行当前处于连接态的USIM(例如 USIM2)的业务，或转而进行USIM1的业务。其中，在UE收到USIM1的下行业务信息之前，USIM2处于连接态。
另一种可选的寻呼增强具体可以包括：用于根据触发寻呼的业务信息对终端设备的寻呼进行过滤。UE上报USIM想要的业务信息给AMF，例如通过注册流程或服务请求流程，AMF存储该业务信息。当处于空闲态的USIM存在下行业务时，AMF根据业务信息以及下行业务的业务信息，判断是否向终端设备发送寻呼或通过NAS消息或用户数据面发送下行业务信息给UE。示例性地，终端设备上报的业务信息是白名单列表，则如果触发寻呼的业务信息在白名单列表中，AMF向终端设备发送寻呼，或通过NAS消息或用户数据面发送下行业务信息给UE，否则不发送；终端设备上报的业务信息是黑名单列表，则如果触发寻呼的业务信息在黑名单列表中，AMF不向终端设备发送寻呼，或不通过NAS消息或用户数据面发送下行业务信息给UE，否则发送。
可选地，502，新增订阅MUSIM寻呼增强特性服务。
在MUSIM寻呼增强特性协商完成之后，为了能够灵活动态地开关相应的MUSIM特性，AMF与SMF之间进行MUSIM特性的订阅，可以新增两种服务：
选项1：SMF服务增加MUSIM特性订阅。这样，当AMF判断MUSIM开或关发生转换时，可以向SMF订阅或取消订阅AMF的MUSIM服务。
502a，AMF向SMF发送订阅请求，以订阅服务，使能上述MUSIM寻呼增强特性；502b，SMF向AMF发送订阅响应。
选项2：AMF服务增加MUSIM寻呼增强特性订阅。502a，SMF向AMF发送订阅请求，以订阅MUSIM寻呼增强特性，即当需要为MUSIM UE开启或关闭寻呼增强特性时，通知给SMF，以使得SMF决定是否需要根据下行数据获取包括paging cause；502b，AMF向SMF发送订阅响应。这样，当AMF判断MUSIM开或关发生转换时，可以通知给SMF。
503，UE监测多个USIM的状态。
可选地，UE监测多卡数量和多卡状态，并及时上报给AMF，以便AMF做出MUSIM寻呼增强特性的开关决策。
504，UE向AMF发送多个USIM的状态。
示例性地，UE向AMF发送请求消息，请求消息中携带多个USIM的状态。可选地，该请求消息可以为注册请求或服务请求消息，或者可以是UE(USIM)进入连接态后的UL NAS transport消息或其它NAS消息。
505，AMF根据多个USIM的状态，确定第二指示信息。
示例性地，AMF根据UE多卡能力、多卡数量和多卡状态，决定是否需要网络开启MUSIM寻呼增强特性。第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭MUSIM寻呼增强特性。AMF还可以确定需要联系的SMF网元。其中，AMF可以通知给该USIM的已建立的所有PDU会话的对应SMF，也可以只通知给该USIM的已建立的部分PDU会话的对应SMF(例如只为特定的NSSAI和/或DN开启MUSIM寻呼增强特性)。
这里，AMF如何确定第二指示信息可以参考前文的描述，这里不作赘述。
由于MUSIM寻呼增强特性的开/关发生转变，AMF需要通知给SMF。
可选地，对应502中的选项1：506a，AMF向SMF发送去订阅请求；506b，SMF向AMF发送去订阅响应。
可选地，对应502中的选项2：506a，AMF向SMF发送通知消息；506b，SMF向AMF发送通知响应。
507，AMF向UE返回第二指示信息。
下面以第一功能包括MUSIM寻呼冲突避免特性为例进行描述。如图5所示，包括以下步骤：
501，协商第一功能。
以第一功能包括MUSIM寻呼冲突避免特性(或称作寻呼时刻冲突避免功能)为例，UE与AMF协商了MUSIM寻呼冲突避免特性，即下行业务触发寻呼时，可以进行如下操作：例如，寻呼策略增强，当下行数据或信令触发寻呼时，AMF或RAN增加寻呼UE(即USIM)的尝试次数和拉长每两次寻呼之间的寻呼间隔；又例如，AMF在寻呼消息中指示寻呼冲突特性避免给RAN，以使得RAN生成(或者计算)PO的增强，例如为UE的其中一个USIM在一个寻呼周期里(DRX周期里)准备两个PO，或为终端设备的其中一个USIM在连续两个寻呼周期里(比如，DRX周期)的寻呼时刻寻呼该USIM，或随机化其中一个USIM的寻呼时刻，或为终端设备的其中一个USIM设置寻呼时刻偏移量，等等。
503，UE监测多个USIM的状态。
可选地，UE检测多卡状态以及USIM的PO，并及时上报给AMF，以便AMF根据两个USIM的状态、以及两个USIM当前的PO(UE在不同cell的PO可能都是不同的)是否相同，决定是否需要网络开启MUSIM寻呼冲突避免特性。
505，AMF根据多个USIM的状态，确定第二指示信息。
示例性地，AMF根据第二指示信息，确定需要开关MUSIM寻呼时刻冲突避免特性。则在接下来由于下行数据或信令导致触发UE寻呼时，AMF进行如下操作：不进行寻呼策略增强，即按照普通UE的寻呼处理；或者，在寻呼消息中指示/不指示寻呼冲突避免给RAN。
这里，AMF如何确定第二指示信息可以参考前文的描述，这里不作赘述。
507，AMF向UE发送第二指示信息。
可以理解，以上图3或图5中的例子只是示例性地描述，并不对本申请实施例构成限定。
可以理解，第二指示信息的各种可能的实现方式对于图5的流程均是适用的，上面图5中只是以部分实现方式为例进行描述。事实上，未列举出来的第二指示信息的实现方式也适用于图5，比如，在图5中，第二指示信息指示了开启寻呼增强功能且关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，或者，第二指示信息指示了关闭寻呼增强功能且开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
应理解，上述实施例中，各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
以上，结合图1-5详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下，结合图6至图8详细说明本申请实施例提供的装置。
图6是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。如图6所示，该通信装置1000可以包括处理单元1100和收发单元1200。
在一种可能的设计中，该通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的终端设备，例 如，可以为终端设备，或者配置用于终端设备中的部件(如芯片或电路)。
可选地，该通信装置1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法中的终端设备，该通信装置1000可以包括用于执行前述方法200中终端设备执行的方法的单元。并且，该通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2中的方法200的相应流程。
具体地，所述处理单元1100用于根据多个通用用户识别模块USIM的状态确定第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，所述终端设备包括所述多个USIM；所述收发单元1200用于向接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
可选地，所述寻呼增强功能用于将触发寻呼的业务信息指示给所述终端设备或者根据触发寻呼的业务信息对所述终端的寻呼进行过滤。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：
所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示开启寻呼增强功能且关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能且开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述开启寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态；其中，所述收发单元1200用于向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：向所述第二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态；其中，所述收发单元1200用于向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：向第一USIM对应的AMF和/或第二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同；其中，所述收发单元1200用于向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：向第一USIM对应的AMF或二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态；其中，所述收发单元1200用于向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：向第一USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
可选地，所述第一指示用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态；其中，所述收发单元1200用于向接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第一指示信息，包括：向第一USIM对应的AMF或第二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
可选地，所述第一指示用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且开启所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态；其中，所述收发单元1200用于向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：向第一USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
应理解，收发单元1200可用于执行方法200中终端设备(或图3中UE)的接收和/或发送的步骤。为了简洁，这不一一列举。
可选地，该通信装置1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法中的终端设备，该通信装置1000可以包括用于执行前述方法400中终端设备执行的方法的单元。并且，该通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中的方法400的终端设备的相应流程。
具体地，所述处理单元1100用于终端设备向接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送多个USIM的状态，所述终端设备包括所述多个USIM，所述多个USIM的状态用于第二指示信息的确定；所述收发单元1200用于接收来自所述AMF的所述第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
可选地，所述寻呼增强功能用于将触发寻呼的业务信息指示给所述终端设备或者根据触发寻呼的业务信息对所述终端的寻呼进行过滤。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：
所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能；或，
所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第二指示信息用于指示开启寻呼增强功能且关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能且开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述开启寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应 的AMF或所述第二USIM对应的AMF。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且开启所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF。
应理解，收发单元1200可用于执行方法400中终端设备(或图5中UE)的接收和/或发送的步骤。为了简洁，这不一一列举。
还应理解，该通信装置1000为终端设备时，该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过收发器实现，例如可对应于图7中示出的终端设备2000中的收发器2020，该通信装置1000中的处理单元1100可通过至少一个处理器实现，例如可对应于图7中示出的终端设备2000中的处理器2010。
还应理解，该通信装置1000为终端设备中的芯片时，该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过输入/输出接口实现。
可选地，该通信装置1000还包括存储单元，该存储单元可以用于存储指令或者数据，处理单元可以调用该存储单元中存储的指令或者数据，以实现相应的操作。该存储单元可通过至少一个存储器实现，例如可对应于图7中的终端设备2000中的存储器2030。
在另一种可能的设计中，该通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的AMF，例如，可以为AMF，或者配置用于AMF中的部件(如芯片或电路)。
可选地，该通信装置1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法中的AMF，该通信装置1000可以包括用于执行前述方法200中AMF执行的方法的单元。并且，该通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2中的方法200的相应流程。
具体地，所述收发单元1200用于接收来自终端设备的第一指示信息，所述终端设备包括多个USIM，所述第一指示信息由所述多个USIM的状态确定；所述处理单元1100用于根据所述第一指示信息，开启或关闭寻呼增强功能；和/或，根据所述第一指示信息，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；
可选地，所述寻呼增强功能用于将触发寻呼的业务信息指示给所述终端设备或者根据触发寻呼的业务信息对所述终端的寻呼进行过滤。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：
所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示开启寻呼增强功能且关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能且开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述开启寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述AMF为所述第二USIM对应的AMF。
可选地，所述收发单元1200还用于向所述第二USIM的会话管理功能SMF发送订阅请求，所述订阅请求用于订阅所述寻呼增强功能。
可选地，所述收发单元1200还用于向所述第二USIM的SMF发送第一通知消息，所述第一通知消息用于向所述SMF通知开启所述寻呼增强功能。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF和/或第二USIM对应的AMF。
可选地，所述收发单元1200还用于向所述第二USIM的SMF发送去订阅请求，所述去订阅请求用于取消订阅所述寻呼增强功能。
可选地，所述收发单元1200还用于向所述第一USIM对应的SMF或所述第二USIM对应的SMF发送第二通知消息，所述第二通知消息用于向所述SMF通知关闭所述寻呼增强功能。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF或所述第二USIM对应的AMF。
可选地，所述处理单元1100用于开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：基于第一尝试次数和/或第一寻呼间隔进行寻呼处理，其中，所述第一尝试次数大于第二尝试次数，所述第一寻呼间隔大于第二寻呼间隔，所述第二尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数，所述第二寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼间隔。
在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能时，可选地，所述收发单元1200还用于向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF。
在关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：所述处理单元1100还用于基于第二尝试次数和/或第二寻呼间隔进行寻呼处理，其中，所述第二尝试次数小于第一尝试次数，所述第二寻呼间隔小于第一寻呼间隔，所述第二尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数，所述第二寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼间隔，所述第一尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能后所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数，所述第一寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能后所述终端设备的寻呼间隔。
在关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能时，可选地，所述收发单元1200还用于向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
可选地，所述第一指示用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF或第二USIM对应的AMF。
可选地，所述第一指示用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且开启所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF。
应理解，收发单元1200可用于执行方法400中AMF(或图3中AMF)的接收和/或发送的步骤。为了简洁，这不一一列举。
可选地，该通信装置1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法中的AMF，该通信装置1000可以包括用于执行前述方法400中AMF执行的方法的单元。并且，该通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中的方法400的相应流程。
具体地，所述收发单元1200用于接收来自终端设备的多个USIM的状态；所述处理单元1100用于根据所述多个USIM的状态，确定第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，所述终端设备包括所述多个USIM寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；所述收发单元1200还用于向所述终端设备发送所述第二指示信息。
可选地，所述寻呼增强功能用于将触发寻呼的业务信息指示给所述终端设备或者根据触发寻呼的业务信息对所述终端的寻呼进行过滤。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：
所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能；或，
所述第二指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第二指示信息用于指示开启寻呼增强功能且关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能；或，
所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭寻呼增强功能且开启寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述开启寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态。
可选地，所述收发单元1200还用于向所述第二USIM对应的会话管理功能SMF发送订阅请求，所述订阅请求用于订阅所述寻呼增强功能。
可选地，所述收发单元1200还用于向所述第二USIM对应的会话管理功能SMF发送第一通知消息，所述第一通知消息用于向所述SMF通知开启所述寻呼增强功能。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态。
可选地，所述收发单元1200还用于向所述第二USIM对应的SMF发送去订阅请求，所述订阅请求用于取消订阅所述寻呼增强功能。
可选地，所述收发单元1200还用于向所述第二USIM对应的会话管理功能SMF发送第二通知消息，所述第二通知消息用于向所述SMF通知关闭所述寻呼增强功能。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一消息还包括所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO和所述第二USIM的PO，所述第一USIM的PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同。
可选地，所述处理单元1100还用于基于第一尝试次数和/或第一寻呼间隔进行寻呼处理，其中，所述第一尝试次数大于第二尝试次数，所述第一寻呼间隔大于第二寻呼间隔，所述第二尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数， 所述第二寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼间隔。
可选地，所述收发单元1200还用于向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
可选地，所述第二指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态。
可选地，所述处理单元1100还用于基于第二尝试次数和/或第二寻呼间隔进行寻呼处理，所述第二尝试次数是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼尝试次数，所述第二寻呼间隔是在开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能前所述终端设备的寻呼间隔。
可选地，所述收发单元1200还用于向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
可选地，所述第一指示用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态。
可选地，所述第一指示用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能且开启所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态。
应理解，收发单元1200可用于执行方法400中AMF(或图5中AMF)的接收和/或发送的步骤。为了简洁，这不一一列举。
还应理解，该通信装置1000为AMF时，该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过收发器实现，例如可对应于图8中示出的通信接口1510，该通信装置1000中的处理单元1100可通过至少一个处理器实现，例如可对应于图8中示出的处理器1520。
还应理解，该通信装置1000为AMF中的芯片时，该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过输入/输出接口实现。
可选地，该通信装置1000还包括存储单元，该存储单元可以用于存储指令或者数据，处理单元可以调用该存储单元中存储的指令或者数据，以实现相应的操作。该存储单元可通过至少一个存储器实现，例如可对应于图8中的存储器1530。
图7是本申请实施例提供的终端设备2000的结构示意图。该终端设备2000可应用于如图1所示的系统中，执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。如图所示，该终端设备2000包括处理器2010和收发器2020。可选地，该终端设备2000还包括存储器2030。其中，处理器2010、收发器2002和存储器2030之间可以通过内部连接通路互相通信，传递控制和/或数据信号，该存储器2030用于存储计算机程序，该处理器2010用于从该存储器2030中调用并运行该计算机程序，以控制该收发器2020收发信号。可选地，终端设备2000还可以包括天线2040，用于将收发器2020输出的上行数据或上行控制信令通过无线信号发送出去。
上述处理器2010可以和存储器2030可以合成一个处理装置，处理器2010用于执行存储器2030中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时，该存储器2030也可以集成在处理器2010中，或者独立于处理器2010。该处理器2010可以与图3中的处理单元对应。
上述收发器2020和天线2040可以与图6中的收发单元对应，也可以称为收发单元。收发器2020可以包括接收器(或称接收机、接收电路)和发射器(或称发射机、发射电路)。其中，接收器用于接收信号，发射器用于发射信号。
应理解，图7所示的终端设备2000能够实现图2或图4所示方法实施例中涉及终端设备的各个过程。终端设备2000中的各个模块的操作和/或功能，分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述，为避免重复，此处适当省略详细描述。
上述处理器2010可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由终端设备内部实现的动作，而收发器2020可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的终端设备向接入网设备发送或从接入网设备接收的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述，此处不再赘述。
可选地，上述终端设备2000还可以包括电源2050，用于给终端设备中的各种器件或电路提供电源。
除此之外，为了使得终端设备的功能更加完善，该终端设备2000还可以包括输入单元2060、显示单元2070、音频电路2080、摄像头2090和传感器2100等中的一个或多个，所述音频电路还可以包括扬声器2082、麦克风2084等。
图8是根据本申请实施例提供的通信装置1500的结构示意图。用于实现上述方法中AMF的功能。该装置可以是AMF，也可以是能够和AMF匹配使用的装置，例如该装置可以安装在AMF中，也可以独立设置，对此不作限定。其中，该装置可以为芯片系统。本申请实施例中，芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。装置1500包括至少一个处理器1520，用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中AMF的功能。
可选地，装置1500还可以包括至少一个存储器1530，用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器1530和处理器1520耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式，用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1520可能和存储器1530协同操作。处理器1520可能执行存储器1530中存储的程序指令。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。
装置1500还可以包括通信接口1510，用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信，从而用于装置1500中的装置可以和其它设备进行通信。本申请实施例中，通信接口可以是收发器、接口、总线、电路、管脚或者能够实现收发功能的装置。示例性地，该其它设备可以是终端设备或SMF或接入网设备。处理器1520利用通信接口1510收发数据，并用于实现图2至图5对应的实施例中AMF所执行的方法。
本申请实施例中不限定上述通信接口1510、处理器1520以及存储器1530之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图8中以存储器1530、处理器1520以及通信接口1510之间通过总线1540连接，总线在图8中以粗线表示，其它部件之间的连接方式，仅是进行示意性说明，并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示，图8中仅用一条粗线表示，但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
应理解，图8所示的通信装置能够实现本申请实施例由AMF执行的方法，比如，图2至图5所示方法实施例中涉及AMF的各个过程。该通信装置中的各个模块的操作和/或功能，分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述，为避免重复，此处适当省略详细描述。
应理解，图8所示出的通信装置仅为AMF的一种可能的架构，而不应对本申请构成任何限定。
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置，包括处理器和接口；所述处理器用于执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。
应理解，上述处理装置可以是一个或多个芯片。例如，该处理装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)，可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，还可以是系统芯片(system on chip，SoC)，还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit，CPU)，还可以是网络处理器(network processor，NP)，还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor，DSP)，还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit，MCU)，还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device，PLD)或其他集成芯片。
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。
应注意，本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
可以理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。应注意， 本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
根据本申请实施例提供的方法，本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行前文所示实施例中的方法。
根据本申请实施例提供的方法，本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质存储有程序代码，当该程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行上述各个实施例中任意一个网元(终端设备或AMF)执行的方法。
根据本申请实施例提供的方法，本申请还提供一种系统，其包括前述的终端设备和AMF。
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如，部件可以是但不限于，在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示，在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中，部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在两个或更多个计算机之间。此外，这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据，例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。
本领域技术人员还可以了解到本申请实施例列出的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step)可以通过电子硬件、电脑软件，或两者的结合进行实现。这样的功能是通过硬件还是软件来实现取决于特定的应用和整个系统的设计要求。本领域技术人员可以对于每种特定的应用，可以使用各种方法实现所述的功能，但这种实现不应被理解为超出本申请实施例保护的范围。
本申请所描述的技术可通过各种方式来实现。例如，这些技术可以用硬件、软件或者硬件结合的方式来实现。对于硬件实现，用于在通信装置(例如，基站，终端、网络实体、或芯片)处执行这些技术的处理单元，可以实现在一个或多个通用处理器、DSP、数字信号处理器件、ASIC、可编程逻辑器件、FPGA、或其它可编程逻辑装置，离散门或晶体管逻辑，离散硬件部件，或上述任何组合中。通用处理器可以为微处理器，可选地，该通用处理器也可以为任何传统的处理器、控制器、微控制器或状态机。处理器也可以通过计算装置的组合来实现，例如数字信号处理器和微处理器，多个微处理器，一个或多个微处理器联合一个数字信号处理器核，或任何其它类似的配置来实现。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line，DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另 一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc，DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如，固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD))等。
应理解，说明书通篇中提到的“实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此，在整个说明书各个实施例未必一定指相同的实施例。此外，这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。
还应理解，在本申请中，“当…时”、“若”以及“如果”均指在某种客观情况下UE或者基站会做出相应的处理，并非是限定时间，且也不要求UE或基站实现时一定要有判断的动作，也不意味着存在其它限定。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解：本申请中涉及的第一、第二等各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围，也表示先后顺序。
本申请中对于使用单数表示的元素旨在用于表示“一个或多个”，而并非表示“一个且仅一个”，除非有特别说明。本申请中，在没有特别说明的情况下，“至少一个”旨在用于表示“一个或者多个”，“多个”旨在用于表示“两个或两个以上”。
另外，本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况，其中A可以是单数或者复数，B可以是单数或者复数。
字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
本文中术语“……中的至少一个”或“……中的至少一种”，表示所列出的各项的全部或任意组合，例如，“A、B和C中的至少一种”，可以表示：单独存在A，单独存在B，单独存在C，同时存在A和B，同时存在B和C，同时存在A、B和C这六种情况，其中A可以是单数或者复数，B可以是单数或者复数，C可以是单数或者复数。
应理解，在本申请各实施例中，“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联，根据A可以确定B。但还应理解，根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B，还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组 件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (34)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备根据多个通用用户识别模块USIM的状态确定第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，所述终端设备包括所述多个USIM；
    所述终端设备向接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述寻呼增强功能用于将触发寻呼的业务信息指示给所述终端设备或者根据触发寻呼的业务信息对所述终端的寻呼进行过滤。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述开启寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态；
    其中，所述终端设备向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：
    所述终端设备向第二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态；
    其中，所述终端设备向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：
    所述终端设备向第一USIM对应的AMF和/或二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同；
    其中，所述终端设备向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：
    所述终端设备向第一USIM对应的AMF或二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
  6. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态；
    其中，所述终端设备向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：
    所述终端设备向第一USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
  7. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接入和移动性管理功能AMF接收来自终端设备的第一指示信息，所述终端设备包括多个USIM，所述第一指示信息由所述多个USIM的状态确定；
    所述AMF根据所述第一指示信息，开启或关闭寻呼增强功能；和/或，
    所述AMF根据所述第一指示信息，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述寻呼增强功能用于将触发寻呼的业务信息指示给所述终端设备或者根据触发寻呼的业务信息对所述终端的寻呼进行过滤。
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述开启寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述AMF为所述第二USIM对应的AMF。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述AMF向所述第二USIM的会话管理功能SMF发送第一通知消息，所述第一通知消息用于向所述SMF通知开启所述寻呼增强功能。
  11. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF和/或第二USIM对应的AMF。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述AMF向所述第一USIM对应的SMF或所述第二USIM对应的SMF发送第二通知消息，所述第二通知消息用于向所述SMF通知关闭所述寻呼增强功能。
  13. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF或所述第二USIM对应的AMF。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述AMF开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：
    所述AMF向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
  15. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述AMF关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：
    所述AMF向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
  17. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述装置为终端设备，所述装置包括：
    处理单元，用于根据多个通用用户识别模块USIM的状态确定第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启或关闭寻呼增强功能，和/或，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，所述终端设备包括所述多个USIM；
    收发单元，用于向接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的装置，其特征在于，所述寻呼增强功能用于将触发寻呼的业务信息指示给所述终端设备或者根据触发寻呼的业务信息对所述终端的寻呼进行过滤。
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示所 述开启寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态；
    其中，所述收发单元用于向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：
    向第二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
  20. 根据权利要求17或18所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态；
    其中，所述收发单元用于向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：
    向所述第一USIM对应的AMF和/或所述第二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
  21. 根据权利要求17或18所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同；
    其中，所述收发单元用于向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：
    向第一USIM对应的AMF或第二USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
  22. 根据权利要求17或18所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态；
    其中，所述收发单元用于向AMF发送第一指示信息包括：
    向第一USIM对应的AMF发送所述第一指示信息。
  23. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述装置是接入和移动性管理功能AMF，所述装置包括：
    收发单元，个用于接收来自终端设备的第一指示信息，所述终端设备包括多个USIM，所述第一指示信息由所述多个USIM的状态确定；
    处理单元，用于根据所述第一指示信息，开启或关闭寻呼增强功能；和/或，根据所述第一指示信息，开启或关闭寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的装置，其特征在于，所述寻呼增强功能用于将触发寻呼的业务信息指示给所述终端设备或者根据触发寻呼的业务信息对所述终端的寻呼进行过滤。
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述开启寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为连接态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述AMF为所述第二USIM对应的AMF。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于，向所述第二USIM的会话管理功能SMF发送第一通知消息，所述第一通知消息用于向所述SMF通知开启所述寻呼增强功能。
  27. 根据权利要求23或24所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼增强功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM 对应的AMF和/或第二USIM对应的AMF。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于，向所述第一USIM对应的SMF或所述第二USIM对应的SMF发送第二通知消息，所述第二通知消息用于向所述SMF通知关闭所述寻呼增强功能。
  29. 根据权利要求23或24所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第一USIM的寻呼时刻PO与所述第二USIM的PO相同，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF或所述第二USIM对应的AMF。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元用于开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：
    向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示开启所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
  31. 根据权利要求23或24所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，其中，所述多个USIM包括第一USIM和第二USIM，所述第一USIM为空闲态或非激活态，所述第二USIM为连接态，所述AMF为所述第一USIM对应的AMF。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元用于关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能，包括：
    调用所述收发单元向接入网设备发送寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息用于指示关闭所述寻呼时刻冲突避免功能。
  33. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理器，所述处理器用于与存储器耦合，读取并执行所述存储器中的指令，使得所述处理器执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法。
  34. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，包括程序或指令，当所述程序或指令被执行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2021/094491 2020-05-21 2021-05-19 一种通信方法及通信装置 WO2021233321A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21809282.3A EP4149158A4 (en) 2020-05-21 2021-05-19 COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE
JP2022570748A JP2023526492A (ja) 2020-05-21 2021-05-19 通信方法および通信装置
KR1020227044266A KR20230013074A (ko) 2020-05-21 2021-05-19 통신 방법 및 통신 장치
US17/990,922 US20230079012A1 (en) 2020-05-21 2022-11-21 Communication method and communication apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010438309.4A CN113709818B (zh) 2020-05-21 2020-05-21 一种通信方法及通信装置
CN202010438309.4 2020-05-21

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/990,922 Continuation US20230079012A1 (en) 2020-05-21 2022-11-21 Communication method and communication apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021233321A1 true WO2021233321A1 (zh) 2021-11-25

Family

ID=78645978

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/094491 WO2021233321A1 (zh) 2020-05-21 2021-05-19 一种通信方法及通信装置

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US20230079012A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4149158A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP2023526492A (zh)
KR (1) KR20230013074A (zh)
CN (1) CN113709818B (zh)
WO (1) WO2021233321A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116209036A (zh) * 2021-12-01 2023-06-02 夏普株式会社 用户设备及其方法

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2352353A1 (en) * 2010-01-28 2011-08-03 ST-Ericsson SA Optimizing block reception for simultaneous use of at least two sim cards
CN106385675A (zh) * 2015-07-31 2017-02-08 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 多卡多待单通移动终端寻呼指示接收方法及装置

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200053830A1 (en) * 2018-08-13 2020-02-13 Apple Inc. 5G New Radio NAS Notification Procedures

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2352353A1 (en) * 2010-01-28 2011-08-03 ST-Ericsson SA Optimizing block reception for simultaneous use of at least two sim cards
CN106385675A (zh) * 2015-07-31 2017-02-08 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 多卡多待单通移动终端寻呼指示接收方法及装置

Non-Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CATT: "Update of solution: RAN based paging collision avoidance for NR", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-1911066, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Reno, Nevada, USA; 20191118 - 20191122, 8 November 2019 (2019-11-08), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051821176 *
NOKIA, NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL: "KI#3, KI#2: new solution on providing additional info of UE availability", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-2005023, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Online; 20200819 - 20200902, 13 August 2020 (2020-08-13), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051919915 *
NOKIA, NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL: "Solution for improved paging in MUSIM devices (KI#1,2,3)", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-2000855, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Incheon, Korea; 20200113 - 20200117, 7 January 2020 (2020-01-07), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , pages 1 - 7, XP051842909 *
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED, APPLE, VIVO, CATT: "Solution for paging collision avoidance", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-1912399, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Reno, USA; 20191118 - 20191122, 19 November 2019 (2019-11-19), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , pages 1 - 7, XP051827102 *
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED, APPLE, VIVO, CATT: "Solution for paging collision avoidance", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-2000116, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Incheon, Korea; 20200113 - 20200117, 7 January 2020 (2020-01-07), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051842225 *
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED, APPLE: "Solution for paging collision avoidance", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-1911729, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Reno, USA; 20191118 - 20191122, 8 November 2019 (2019-11-08), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051821806 *
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED: "Options for paging collision avoidance", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2105258, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Electronic; 20210519 - 20210527, 11 May 2021 (2021-05-11), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP052006907 *
See also references of EP4149158A4

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20230079012A1 (en) 2023-03-16
JP2023526492A (ja) 2023-06-21
CN113709818A (zh) 2021-11-26
KR20230013074A (ko) 2023-01-26
EP4149158A4 (en) 2023-11-01
CN113709818B (zh) 2024-09-10
EP4149158A1 (en) 2023-03-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109673060B (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2020125433A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2020253701A1 (zh) 管理背景数据传输策略的方法、装置和系统
US20210029756A1 (en) Signaling Processing Method and Apparatus
WO2021013127A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
US20190261177A1 (en) Secure communications
WO2022148385A1 (zh) 模式指示方法、终端设备及网络设备
KR102430510B1 (ko) 페이징을 핸들링하기 위한 노드들 및 방법들
US20230079012A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US20220377547A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network element
WO2022237857A1 (zh) 确定安全保护开启方式的方法、通信方法及通信装置
WO2022237516A1 (zh) 一种无线通信方法及通信装置
WO2022165752A1 (zh) 状态转换方法、装置、设备及存储介质
JP7513746B2 (ja) 時刻同期パケット処理方法および装置
CN113747367B (zh) 一种通信方法及通信装置
WO2022099539A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2021088061A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置
WO2023143252A1 (zh) 授时的方法及通信装置
US11943741B2 (en) Apparatuses, systems, methods, and non-transitory computer readable media for reducing signaling messages between a RAN node and a core network
CN114642079B (zh) 通信方法及装置
WO2023273880A1 (zh) 传输方式切换的方法和相关装置
WO2022188156A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2022233197A1 (zh) 通信方法及通信装置
WO2024131397A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及相关装置
WO2023103575A1 (zh) 组播/广播通信的方法与相关装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21809282

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022570748

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227044266

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021809282

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20221205